DIVISION OF

ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

a K

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

y it

Code No. EI201 EI202 EI203 EI204 EI205 EI206 EI207 EI208 EI209 EI210 EI211 EI212 EI213 EI214 EI215 EI216 EI217 EI218 EI219 EI220 EI221 EI222 EI 301 EI 302 EI 303 EI 304 EI 305 EI 306 EI 307 EI 308 EI 309 EI 310 EI 311 EI 312 EI 313

Subject Name Sensors and Transducers Sensors and Transducers Laboratory Control Systems Control Systems Laboratory Measurement Systems Embedded Instrumentation System Measurement Laboratory Signal Conditioning Circuits Signal Conditioning Circuits Laboratory Process Dynamics and Control Computer Based Process Control Laboratory Industrial Instrumentation Microprocessor Based Instrumentation System Digital Control Systems Logic and Distributed Control Systems Biomedical Instrumentation Instrumentation and Control Laboratory Instrumentation and Control Laboratory Measurements and Instrumentation Measurements and Instrumentation Laboratory Embedded System Laboratory Instrumentation and Control Systems Industrial Instrumentation Process Control Advanced Digital Signal Processing Fiber Optics and Laser Instrumentation Biomedical Instrumentation and Image Processing Industrial Instrumentation and Process Control Laboratory Advanced Control System Computer Control of Process Distributed Control System, Networks and Protocols Automotive Instrumentation Virtual Instrumentation Real Time and Embedded Systems Embedded System Laboratory

Credit 3:1:0 0:0:2 3:1:0 0:0:2 3:1:0 3:1:0 0:0:2 3:1:0 0:0:2 4:0:0 0:0:2 4:0:0 3:1:0 3:1:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 0:0:1 0:0:2 4:0:0 0:0:2 0:0:2 3:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 3:1:0 3:0:0 4:0:0 0:0:2 3:1:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:1 4:0:0 0:0:2

a K

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

y it

Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering

1

EI 201 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Science of Measurement Measurement systems – Significance of Measurements, Methods of Measurements – Direct and Indirect Methods, Classification of Instruments –Deflection and Null Type, Generalised Measurement System, Characteristics of Instruments – Static and Dynamic, Types of errors, Error analysis, Units and Standards.

Unit II : Classification and Characteristics of Transducer Transducer – Definition, Classification of Transducer – analog and digital transducer- primary and secondary transducer- active and passive transducer-Inverse transducer, Characteristics and choice of transducer, Factors influencing choice of transducer.

Unit III : Resistance and Inductance Transducer Resistance Transducer-Basic principle, Potentiometer – Loading effects, Resolution, Linearity, Non-linear Potentiometer, Noise in potentiometer, Resistance strain gauge – Types, Resistance thermometer, Thermistors – characteristics, Thermocouple – Compensation circuits – junction and lead compensation, merits and demerits. Inductance Transducer:- Basic principle, Linear variable differential transformer, RVDT, Synchro, Induction potentiometer, variable reluctance accelerometer, microsyn. Unit IV : Capacitance and Piezoelectric Transducer Capacitance Transducer – Basic principle, tranducers using change in - area of platesdistance between plates- variation of dielectric constants, frequency response, Merits, demerits and uses. Piezoelectric transducer- Basic principle, Mode of operation, properties of piezoelectric crystals, loading effects, frequency response and impulse response uses. Unit V : Pressure, Digital and other Miscellaneous sensors Pressure sensors – bourdon tube, bellows, diaphragm. Digital Transducer – shaft encoder, optical encoder,digital speed transducer. Hall effect transducer, sound sensors, vibration sensors – seismic tranducer, chemical sensor – PH sensor, velocity transducer, Introduction to smart sensors.

a K

Text Books 1. A.K. Sawhney “A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation” – Dhanpat Rai & Co., (Pvt) Ltd., 2000. 2. S.Renganathan “Transducer Engineering” – Allied publishers Limited, 1999. Reference Books 1. Ernest O. Doeblin “Measurement Systems – Application & Design” McGraw – Hill Publishing company, 1990. 2. Woolvert, G.A., “Transducer in Digital Systems” Peter Peregrinus Ltd., England, 1998. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 2

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

y it

D.c servo motor.Routh Hurwitz criterion -Root Locus Techniques Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI203 CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1:0 Marks: 40 + 60 3 .potentiometer synchros . 1996.3.static error and generalized error coefficients . a K Unit II : Time Response Time response .c and d.Basic components of control systems .characteristic equation . Patranabis “Principles of Industrial Instrumentation” Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Limited.tachogenerator .steady state error . EI202 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS LABORATORY Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 1) Study of characteristics of straingauge 2) Characteristics study of Load cell 3) Characteristics study of LVDT 4) Characteristics study of RTD 5) Characteristics study of Thermocouple 6) Characteristics study of pressure transducer 7) Characteristics study of LDR 8) Measurement of speed using optical sensor 9) Measurement of Torque using Torque transducer 10) Characteristics study of loudspeaker and microphone 11) Characteristics study of resistive potentiometer 12) Characteristics study of optocoupler and photocell Unit I : Introduction Open loop and closed loop systems .frequency response .frequency domain specifications estimation of the specifications for a second order system.time domain specifications .a. Unit III : Stability Analysis Stability .transnational and rotational mechanical systems and analogous electrical systems .step response of first order and second order systems . Mathematical representation.location of roots in s plane for stability . block diagram.type and order of a system . New Delhi. signal flow graph and transfer function of electrical systems.

1982. Transfer function of Armature controlled DC motor 8. Speed-Torque characteristics of AC servometer 3.. Characteristics of Synchros and Resistive potentiometers 9. Nagrath and Gopal. II Edition. Transfer function of field controlled DC motor 7. Study of Temperature On-OFF controller 2. Gopal. :"Automatic Control Systems". TMH. PI.Unit IV : Frequency Response Bode plot .. 1997. Stepper motor control 12. III Edition PHI 1987. Study of controllers 5. moving iron.Introduction and application – Fuzzy controllers to reduce settling time. Response of RC and RL network a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 EI205 MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Measurement Of Voltage Current. 2. overshoot and oscillations – Temperature controller – Pressure controller – flow and level controller using fuzzy neural network controllers computer based control of processes.1997. Kuo.:"Control System Engineering". 2. Power and Energy Principles of operation of permanent magnet moving coil. Reference Books 1.. Unit V : PID Controllers P. PHI.Nyquist stability criterion . Magnetic Amplifier characteristics 10. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 4 . : "Control System .Principles & Design". PD and PID controllers Design and application . EI204 CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY 1. Benjamin C. dynamometer – calibration of voltmeters and ammeters – Power measurement by three ammeter and three voltmeter method – induction type wattmeter – energy meter – calibration of energy meter & wattmeter.Fuzzy controller . "Modern Control Systems Engineering". Study of open and closed loop DC motor speed control system 4. M.. Ogata. polar plot. Text Books 1.applications of Bode plots and Nyquist stability criterion. K. Wiley & Sons. Study of position control system 11. Transfer function of separately excited DC generator 6.Nichol's chart .

3. Third Edition. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI206 EMBEDDED INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Introduction Embedded system evolution trends – basic real time concepts – real time design issues – 68HCII Microcontrollers – architecture – instruction set – interrupt handling – integrating interrupts in a system – examples – the shared data problem – software architecture. Cooper. Peter peregrinvs Ltd.. “Transducers in Digital Systems”. K. Bouwens.Unit II : Measurement of RLC Whetstone.J. Text Book: 1. Golding. Hay. “Digital Instrumentation”. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. Cidwell. Unit V : CRO & Recorders General purpose oscilloscope – CRT screen characteristics – vertical & horizontal amplifiers –delay line – time base and sweep trigger circuits synchronization – sampling oscilloscope – digital storage oscilloscope – typical measurements using CRO – moving coil recorders – XY plotters – UV recorders – digital recording. 1991 2. Kalsi. 1986. 1988.spectrum analyzer correlator. W. 2. and Helfrick..C. and Widdis. Reference Books 1.. F.D.W..AC current measurements – multimeters – vector impedance meter . Woolvert. 5... Prentice Hall of India.: “Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments”.differential voltmeters ..A. Unit III : Electronic Analog Meter DC and AC voltmeters . 1969. Unit IV : Digital Measurement Digital displacement transducers. G.Review of signal sources . Anderson and Schering bridges – Q meter – Potential transformer & current transformers – KVA meters – Power factor meter – Megger. “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques”. 1963. Maxell. G. increment and absolute – Digital method of measuring displacement & velocity – Digital alpha numeric display – digital methods of measurement of frequency – phase difference. E.C. 4. “ Electrical Instruments and Measurements”.A. A. England. W. Swahney. “Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation”.power meter . 1982. McGraw Hill. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 5 . A. Wien. Pitman. “Electronic Instrumentation” TMH.D.signal generator – wave analyzer – harmonic distortion analyzer .. Kelvin. TMH. 1998.

5. 2000 Reference Books 1. “Real Time Systems”. “An Embedded Software Primer”. Simon.Peatman. Unit III : System Performance..A. McGraw Hill. Analysis and Optimization Response – time calculation – interrupt latency – time loading and its measurement – scheduling – reducing response times and time loading – analysis of memory requirements – reducing memory loading – input – output performance. bugs and effects – reliability – testing – fault tolerance – host and target machines – linker / locators for embedded software – getting embedded software into target system. 4. “Design with Microcontrollers”. frequency & using CRO Measurement of phase difference by CRO using Lissajous figures Measurement of resistance using Kelvin double bridge and Wheatstone bridge Measurement of inductance using Hay’s and Owen’s bridge Measurement of Inductance using Anderson and Maxwell bridge Measurement of Capacitance using Schering’s bridge 6 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering . 2. Bialey.. New Delhi. 2000 2. Jonathan W.M. New Jersey.Unit II : Real Time Operating Systems (RTOS) Real time specifications – real time kernels – inter-task communications and synchronizations – real time memory management. 2000 4. Bhur and Donald L. 3. failures. Unit V : Real Time Applications Real time system as complex systems – real time databases – real time image processing – real time Unix – building real time applications with real time programming languages. Brooks/Cole. Prentice Hall of India. An example : The tank monitoring system Text Books 1. “An Introduction to Real Time Systems: From Design to Networking with C/C++”. C. New york. Valvano. New Delhi. McGraw Hill Book Co. 1988 3. USA. 6. John B. David E. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI207 MEASUREMENT LABORATORY Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 Measurement of voltage. Prentice Hall of Inc. 1999 2. Raymond J. Laplante. Addision Wesley. edition. “Real Time Systems Design and Analysis: An Engineer’s Handbook”. Shin. “Embedded Micro Computer System: Real Time Interfacing”. 1997 a K 1. Unit IV : Debugging Techniques and Development Tools Faults. New Delhi. Krishnan and Kang G. Philip A.

precision rectifiers. astable multivibrator. I to V converter .switched capacitor filters. monostable multivibrator . Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 7 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 y it ..frequency translation . non ideal OP -AMP.. slew rate.Three amplifiers configuration . Subtractor. multiplier and divider.Colpits .AM modulation/demodulation SSB modulation/demodulation .IC voltage regulators .RC oscillator .Filters .phase shift oscillators .use of operational amplifier with capacitive displacement transducers.AMP characteristics DC : Bias. High pass. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain.Low pass. AC: BW.crystal oscillators square wave and pulse generator circuits . Band pass and Band reject filter .AMP circuits used in instrumentation .charge amplifiers .sample and hold circuit. " Linear Integrated Circuits". Differential Amplifier .FM detection FSK demodulation.clipper and clamper . Wiley Eastern Ltd.723 general-purpose regulator Multiplying DC voltage .OP .Low pass filter . Noise and frequency compensation . inverting mode. 1991. differentiator.Isolation amplifiers . Calibration of Voltmeter 9.triangular wave generator -saw tooth wave generator.frequency doubling .inverting mode. Calibration of Ammeter 12. Calibration of Energy meter 10.AM detection . EI208 SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS Unit I : Operational Amplifier Ideal OP AMP.state variable filter . Non. Unit IV : Voltage Regulators and Multipliers Series OP. offsets and drift.First order second order transformations .Scale changer.Hartley .frequency shifting. integrator. Text Books 1. comparators. V to I converter .Wien bridge . Measurement of angular displacement using potentiometer 8. ADC and DAC: Basic principles -phase detector and comparator: analog and digital voltage controlled oscillator .Instrumentation amplifiers .Oscillators: Classification of feedback oscillator .applications of PLL: frequency multiplication -division .schimitt trigger.Passive and Active filters .phase angle detection . ADC and DAC: techniques . Unit III : Amplifiers and Filters Buffer Amplifier. Measurement of Capacitance using Desauty's bridge.LC oscillators. inverter and non inverter.7.their characteristics. Adder.monolithic PLL . logarithmic converter. OP . Unit II : Signal Sources and Oscillators Signal Sources .AMP regulator . Calibration of Wattmeter 11. Unit V : PLL Circuits PLL.

Dailey. 3. Input Offset current. 4. 7. Sinusoidal oscillators using RC phase shift and Wien Bridge. Dhanpat Rai and Company (Pvt. D and T flip-flops. Ltd. Testing of Half-adder.. Input offset voltage.. Coughlin and Discol. RS. 14. gas Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 8 . 1992. Sawhney. 8. V to I and I to V convertors. Design and testing of precision rectifier. Design and testing of waveform generators using OP-AMPs: Square. 9. NOT gates and (ii) Universal gate.: " Electronics Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques". 6... output voltage.degrees of freedom . Reference Books 1. Triangular.. Verification of truth table of JK. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. EI209 SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS LABORATORY 1. 15. Testing of A/D and D/A converters. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 EI 210 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Process Dynamics Elements of process control . 10. William David Cooper and Albert D. 2. Full-adder and ALU modules.: "A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation". McGraw Hill. Simplification of a logic function and its realization using (i) AND. CMRR. Design and testing of an Instrumentation amplifier. Testing of parallel-to-serial and serial-to-parallel shift register..Characteristics of liquid system. Design and testing of a frequency multiplier using PLL. 11. Characteristics of OP-AMPs and applications: Summer.. 12. Integrator. Design and testing of active filters.. OR. " Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuit". 2. 1986. thermal system . encoders and Interfacing TTL and CMOS gates. Decoders. Bias current.2..(I & II order). 13. Design and testing of a crystal oscillator using logic gates and counters. Differentiator. 3. Denton J.) Ltd. Helfrick. 5.process variables . gas system. K.Mathematical model of liquid process. 1989. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Measurement of OP-AMP parameters (Gain. Ltd... " Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuit". slew rate). 1997.

Selection of control mode for different processes ..Batch process and continuous process .Nichol's tuning .Typical control schemes for level.: “Process Control” .1985.Auto .multivariable control. Prentice Hall Of India. single -speed floating control.globe.manual transfer ..Feed Forward control .steam boiler .composite control modes .control valve sizing Cavitation. “ Automatic Process Control” .valve body . and Koppel.: “ Principles of Process Control”. flashing in control valves . Unit II : Basic Control Actions Characteristics of on-off.. Unit III : Optimum Controller Settings Tuning of controllers by process reaction curve method . D.P. EI211 COMPUTER BASED PROCESS CONTROL LABORATORY Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it ON-OFF Controllers P + I + D Controller Temperature Control Loop Pressure Control Loop Flow Control Loop Level Control Loop 9 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering . TMH 1981. Wiley Eastern.Self regulation. Coughanoner.1/4 decay ratio . Curtis Johnson. Eckman.1996..Integral wind up . 3. TMH 1991. a K 1. proportional.averaging control . PD and PID control modes . 6. 3.control of top and bottom product compositions . 5. diaphragm ball valves . D. 2. “ Process Control Instrumentation Technology” . flow process. Text Books 1.reflux ratio .Characteristics of control valve .valve positioner . mixing process .. Unit IV : I/P and P/I Converters Pneumatic and electric actuators .process.control of chemical reactor . butterfly.Response of controllers for different types of test inputs . 2.cascade control . pressure and temperature. Patranabis. thermal process.continuous cycling method. flow.PI. integral and derivative modes . damped oscillation method . Reference Books: 1.control of heat exchangers .Ratio control . TMH 2. 4.Ziegler .control valve . : “ Process Systems Analysis and Control” .drum level control and combustion. Unit V : Applications Distillation column . D. Peter Harriot.Response of pneumatic transmission lines and valves.

personal computers for DAS and instrument control. Integration of intelligent transmitters into knowledge based process management systems. thermal . cross correlation flowmeters. ultrasonic flowmeters. Laser Doppler anemometer (LDA). orifice meters. conductivity. variable area flowmeters. instrument drivers. impeller turbine. Other smart and intelligent measurement systems. purge flow regulators. Vortex flowmeters. constant torque hysteresis clutch.interface.: Resistance.7. Level measurement: Introduction. electromagnetic flowmeters. Smart and intelligent flowmeters.ultrasonic. Unit II : Anemometers And Flow Meters Mechanical anemometers. filtering and shielding. Unit III : Flowmeters And Level Measurements Target flowmeters: V-cone flowmeters.flowmeter selection and application. P/I converter and I/P converter 12.Transmitters: Introduction. parts of the system.advanced NDT techniques . coriolis. flow nozzles. Explosion hazards and intrinsic safety. Unit V : Virtual Instrumentation And EMC Virtual instrumentation: Definition. flow switches. EMC: Introduction. turbine and other rotary element flowmeters. PLC 14. basics of circuit layout and grounding . displaced level detectors. Process control simulator 13. gyroscopic and heat transfer type mass flow meters. Measurement of mass flow rate: Radiation. Smart and Intelligent temperature. features of smart and intelligent transmitters. microwave. capacitance and RF probes: radiation. rotating paddle switches. angular momentum.Level sensor selection and application.definitions and units. Linearisation of thermocouple and RTD – based temperature transmitter EI212 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION Unit I : Flow Measurements Introduction . pressure and differential pressure transmitters. Electrical and intrinsic safety. D/P Transmitter 9. Unit IV : Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) Introduction: Various methods for NDT . windows in data acquisition.classification of flowmeters . interface coupling mechanism. field effect. Viscometer and pH meter 8. diaphragm and differential pressure detectors. Doppler. Calibration of pressure gauge using Dead weight Tester 10. hot wire / hot film anemometer.enclosures. terminology. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 10 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 y it . NEMA types: personnel safety. radar and vibrating type level sensors . flow tubes. venturi tubes.pitot tubes. Control valves with and without positioner 11. positive displacement flowmeters. float level devices. twin turbine. flowmeter calibration concepts.

. instruction cycle. 8259 and 8279 . E. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 11 .Text Books 1. 2.: “Instrumentation Reference Book”.DC motor control Temperature control . 4. Flow measurement. 1991.Instruction set . Chilton Book company 1995. “Practical Guides for Measurement and Control” . Doebelin. D. “Applied Instrumentation in Process Industries” .memory segmentation .Bus cycles.E. Noltingk.interfacing memory and I/O devices with 8085and 8086 microprocessor. McGraw Hill 1985. 3.: “Process Measurement & Analysis”. 2. block diagram and control word formats for 8251. Unit V : Introduction To Multiprogrammer Introduction to HPIB Multiprogrammer . Anderew. IV Edition.1978.Multiprogrammer capabilities and applications Digital input card . II edition Butterworth Heinemann.a survey Vol-I Gulf Publishing company..Addressing modes Assembly language programming . fourth edition McGraw Hill International. 8257.. B..: “Process Instruments and Control & Handbook". EI213 MICROPROCESSOR BASED INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM Unit I : Organisation of 8085 Organisation and architecture of 8085 microprocessor .O.G.minimum mode and maximum mode multiprocessing. Considine.Turbine monitor in thermal plant . B.1996.process interrupt card. a K Unit IV : Applications Water level monitoring in mining .. W.8255 and 8253.M. Unit III : Interface Chips Principle.Digital output card .Position control using stepper motor. Reference Books 1. Liptak.: “ Measurement Systems Application and Design” .Addressing modes in 8086 . ISA publication.G.Addressing bytes and words Address formation . programming examples Unit II : Organisation of 8086 Organisation of 8086 microprocessor .

n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 3: 1:0 Marks: 40 + 60 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 12 . Programming & Applications" – Penram International publishing-1996. Lenk.. 3. Tata McGraw Hill.: “Handbook of Microprocessor Based Instrumentation and Control”. David.Steady state errors . Digital to Analog conversion – Analog to Digital conversion.D. a K Unit IV : Digital Process Control Design Digital PID algorithm . 2.1997. Krishna Kant...Jury's stability test.Text Books 1. 2.Interfacing of stepper motor to microprocessors. Auslander. Osborne/McGraw Hill.Zero Order Hold.Sampled Data Control system. and Paul Sagues. control algorithms and their implementation for micro processor based position and temperature control systems . Programming & Applications with 8085/8080A" – Penram International . Successive approximation A/D. EI214 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS Unit I : Sample Theory and Converters Review of Sample theory . BPB Publications.Shannon's sampling theorems . Unit III : Function Realisation State sequences for sampled data systems .From Chips to Systems”. Kenneth Ayala. Reference Books 1. Unit II : System Response Response of sampled data systems to step and ramp inputs .1984. 3.Z domain equivalent . J.Dead-beat algorithm-Ringing Dahlin's and Kalman's algorithms . . Unit V: Applications System models.solutions .Bilinear transformation . John .. Prentice Hall Inc.: “Microprocessor Based Data Acquisition System Design”.Pulse transformation function by direct.Operational features of stepper motors . "Microprocessor Architecture.1981.General description of microcontrollers . Rodney Zaks.Implementation of control algorithms using microprocessors . Dual slope A/D.Digital quantization.Stability studies .. Ramesh Gaonkar.1987.."The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture. Ramp type A/D. S. M.Sampled data model for continuous system Controllability and observability.A/D & D/A converters .Reconstruction .Positional and incremental forms .. : “An introduction to Microprocessors .: “Microprocessors for Measurement and Control”.Drive circuits .Review of Z and Inverse Z transform .1985. cascade and parallel realization .

creating ladder diagrams from process control descriptions. General PLC programming procedures . TMH. Digital Controller modes.timer functions .operation. and Gopal. Nagrath. proportional.DCS. McGraw Hill.utilizing digital bits . Gopal.trouble shooting and maintenance . M.sequencer functions PLC Advanced functions: alternate-programming languages . PLC-PID functions PLC installation .structure .operator stations .data move systems. Case studies in DCS. DCS . 1985 3.design of inter locks and alarms using PLC. 1988 Reference Books 1.detailed descriptions and functions of field control units .register basics . 2.1985. Linearization. PLC basic functions . and Garry Lamont.I..Input/ Output modules . S. Unit III : PLC Intermediate Functions Arithmetic functions . Direct Digital control (DDC). error. “ Control System Engineering” . Hardware and Software.J.redundancy concepts. Supervisory digital control (SCADA). “Discrete Control systems” .Text Book 1.processes with PLC . Controller software.international field bus standards.M: “Digital Control Engineering”.supervisory computer tasks and configuration .programming on-off outputs. Communication in DCS.building blocks .. : “ Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control” . PLC Advanced intermediate functions.LOGIC AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEMS Unit I : Review Of Computers In Process Control Data loggers: Data acquisition systems (DAS): alarms. Wiley & Sons.number comparison functions .skip and MCR functions . a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 13 .Wiley Eastern Publications. derivative and composite controller modes.controlling a robot .system integration with PLC and computers. Constantine Houpis. J. Characteristics of digital data.counter functions.overview of PLC systems . Unit IV : Interface And Backplane Bus Standards For Instrumentation Systems Field bus: Introduction .Theory.Power supplies –ISO slots.data highways . computer control hierarchy levels. HART protocol: method of operation . 1984. Unit II : Programmable Logic Conntroller (PLC) Basics Definition.operating conditions and applications. EI215 . Unit V : Distributed Control Systems (DCS) Evolution of DCS . Auxiliary commands and functions .concept .. Ahson.

. Lukcas . ISA Press. . 5. Deshpande. Unit III : Therapeutic and Surgical Equipments Electro Surgical unit – short wave & microwave diathermy – Laser surgical unit – Anesthesia machine – Pacemakers – Total artificial heart (TAH) – Dialyser – Heart lung machine – Defibrillators – Ventilators – Nerve stimulators – centralized and Bedside patient monitoring system – Nerve stimulators. Moore.: “ Programmable Logic Controllers”. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 14 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 .H.: “ Programmable Logic Controllers Principles and Applications”. ISA Press 1994. Krishna Kant. : “ Digital Control Devices” .Cardiac output measurement – heart rate – respiration rate – measurement of lung volume – Oximeters – Audiometer.1986. 1995. Unit V : Biomedical Equipments and Electrical Safety Flame photometer – spectrophotometer – chromatography – PH.. analysis – sterilizers – Electrical safety hazards in hospitals.: “Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement”. Text Books 1. New Jersey. EI216 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Unit I : Electrophysiology and Biopotential Recorders Neuron – Axon – Axon potential – Electrophysicology of Cardiovascular system – ECG – Phonocardiography – Neurophysiology – Central nervous system – EEG – Respiratory system – Muscular system . P. 2.. ISA Press 1994. John Webb. 3..B. Richard Aston. 1990.R.. ISA Press 1995..Text Books 1. W. and Ash . Hughes.. 1986. PCO2. Prentice hall Inc.. Merrill publishing company. A.: “Real Time Control Networks” .P. M. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 4.EMG. Mckloni.Eye – ERG Unit II : Measurement and Physiological Parameters Physiological Transducers . T.: “ Distributed Control Systems”. New York .T..Measurement of Blood pressure – Blood flow . Ronald Reis. 1997. D. Reference Books 1. 2. Prentice Hall India. “ Computer based Industrial Control”. Unit V : Imaging Systems and Telemetry Computerized Tomography (CT) – MRI instrumentation – Ultrasound scanner – X-ray machine – Fluroscopic techniques – angiography – Cardiac catherisation lab – Echo cardiograph – vector cardiograph – Biotelemetry. 3/e.: “ Elements of Process Control Applications” .

Kumbakonam. R. Reference Books 1. L.2. Study of characteristics of LVDT 4. 11. 10.: “ Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation”.. and Baker. Study of characteristics of strain gauge 2. Study of characteristics of strain gauge . 2. Study of characteristics of LVDT 4.. Study of characteristics of Loudspeaker 8. 1989.. : “ Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”. 1992. 3. Study of characteristics of RTD. Study of characteristics of RTD 5. Study of characteristics of Resistive potentiometer 7. Study of characteristics of Load cell 3. EI217 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL LABORATORY 1. Kandpur. Study of Tachogenerator characteristics EI218 INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL LABORATORY a K 1. Study of controllering. 2. 5. L. Study of Tachogenerator characteristics. Study of characteristics of Loud speaker 8. Publishers. Study of characteristics of thermocouple 6. n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit: 0: 0: 1 Marks: 25 + 25 y it Credit 0 : 0 : 2 Marks 50 + 50 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 15 . Geddes.E. John wiley. Study of characteristics of Thermocouple 6.: “Biomedical Instrumentation”. Study of characteristics of Pressure transducer 10. 1987. Arumugam. Study of characteristics of Microphone 9. Anuradha Agencies. 7. Study of Temperature ON-OFF control.A. TMH. Study of characteristics of Micropohone 9.S. Study of characteristics of Resistive potentiometer. Study of characteristics of Load cell.. M..

LCD and Dot matrix displays. 1999. pressure. "Instrumentation for Engineering Measurement".. viscosity and moisture. John Wiley & Sons. level. velocity and acceleration. temperature.Application and Design".O.. Doebeling. UNIT IV : Storage and Display Devices Magnetic disc and tape recorders . prentice Hall of India Pvt.. A/D and D/A converters -multiplexing and demultiplexing -data acquisition systems -grounding techniques. frequency.optical and digital transducers .CRT displays ..magnetic measurements .analog and digital ammeters and volt-meters-single and three phase watt meters and energy meter.EI219 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0:0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Introduction Functional elements of an instrument . 1986. Mooris.piezo electric transducers .instruments for measurement of torque.V. a K Reference Books 1. E..: " Measurement Systems. phase. "Principle of Measurement and Instrumentation" Prentice Hall of India. K.digital CRO LED. " Transducers and Instrumentation". " Basic Electrical Measurement". Prentice Hall of India.selection of transducers resistive..S/H circuit. McGraw Hill. 1995. Coombs. flows. D. C. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 16 .F. Stout MoB. Text Book: 1.W. Dalley. McGraw Hill Publishing Company.. 1999. capacitive and inductive transducers. 2. Ltd.instrument transformers . 4.S. 2. speed. "Electronics Instrument Hand Book".differential and instrumentation amplifiers filter circuits . Moorthy. W. UNIT III : Signal conditioning Circuits Bridge circuits .pH electrodes transducers for measurement of displacement.F.. UNIT V : Electrical and Electronics Instruments Principle .digital plotters and printers .G. J. 1995.V to I and I to V converters ..static and dynamic characteristics-errors in measurement-statistical evaluation of measurement data -standard and calibration. A. 1990. and Meconnel. Unit II : Transducers Classification of transducers .S. 3.P/I and I/P converters . Riley.

Study of temperature measuring transducers (RTD. Subtraction. Measurement of inductance using Anderson and Maxwell’s bridge. Measurement of phase difference by CRO using Lissajous figures. Measurement of inductance using Hay’s and Owen’s bridge. Calibration of voltmeter. 5. 2. Simple programs involving timers and counters Interfacing 7. 3. Calibration of wattmeter. DAC motor interface using 8085 10. 8086 and 8051 11. 6. 3. Measurement of resistance using Kelvin’s double bridge and Whetstone Bridge 4. Study of displacement and pressure transducer EI221 EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORATORY Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 8085 Assembly Language Programme 1. Measurement of capacitance using Desauty’s bridge. Square root of a number. 2. 12. BCD to seven segment code Binary to Hexadecimal. Calibration of energy meter. Binary to BCD. Search and sort 5. 9. ADC motor interface using 8085 9.EI 220 -MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY Credit: 0: 0: 2 Marks: 50 + 50 1. Stepper motor interface using 8085 8. 10. Code Conversion: BCD to Binary. 7. 13. Measurement of voltage and frequency using CRO. thermocouples and IC 590). Measurement of capacitance using Schering’s bridge. Measurement of angular displacement using potentiometer. 14. Calibration of ammeter. factorial. Multiplication and division. 8. Programms involving string instructions a K 8051 Assembly Language Programme 6. Simple programmes for basic arithmetic operations: Addition. Study of programmable I/O ports of 8051 microcontroller 17 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering . sorting 8086 Assembly Language Programme 4. 11. Study of interrupt structures of 8085.

measurement of high and low pressure. efflux viscometer. ELBS. gauge rosettes calibration. 1989. strain gauge. recorders and integrators – their working principles. block diagram algebra. 1993. Routh stability criterion. Precision and accuracy.D. Wiley Eastern Limited. elastic transducers. magnetic flow meter. Humidity: absorption hydrometer.. UNIT II Measurement of displacement. N. signal flow graphs. wheatstone circuit. M. I. Dew point meter. electrical torsion meter. Simple problems.EI 222 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT I General Concepts of Mechanical Instrumentation.J. . bourdon. 1991. Classification of instruments as indicators. necessary condition for stability.. A. pressure cells. calibration. Dhanpat Rai & Co. Collet. Simple problems. generalised measurement system. accelerometer etc. 2. types. Reference Books: 1. Pressure measurement: Gravitational. Lewis Buck. ultrasonic flow meter. Nyquist stability criterion. UNIT IV Control Systems: Open and closed systems. UNIT V Time response of first order and second order systems. 2nd Ed.. Force measurement: Scales and Torque measurement: Mechanical torsion meter. Two-way control. pyrometer and thermistors. Sawheny. thermocouples.Roy D. Nagrath. proportional control. temperature compensation. Hot-wire anemometer. speed. 1998 (For Units IV & V). 2. ‘Engineering Measurements’. Maragoni. and hydraulic and pneumatic control systems. Polar and Bode plots.V.K. differential and integral control. ‘Mechanical Measurements’. A.. RBA Publications. Measurement of error and analysis. transfer functions. concept of stability. and Hope. A. Strain: Strain gauges. Temperature measurement: Bimetallic. ‘Control Systems’. resistance thermometer. 3. Thomas G Beckwith. ‘Control Systems Engineering’. Nagoor Kani. Narosa Publishing House. frequency. C.. ‘Electrical and Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation’. Text Books: 1. UNIT III Viscosity: Capillary tube viscometer. servomechanisms. New Delhi. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 18 . and Gopal. time. acceleration – vibrometer.

Newyork.MTTR . UNIT: IV -Level Measurement Visual techniques .Inferential flowmeter-Turbine flowmeter-Variable head flowmeters -Rotameter .P. ISBN 0074623346 3. -Temperature Measurement Temperature standards .. D.O.Definition of reliability -Reliability and the failure rate – Relation between reliability and MTBF. New Delhi.3 lead and 4 lead connections thermistors . Allied publishers.Availability – Series and parallel systems Text Books 1.Optical Pyrometer-Installation.C. D. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 1997.Dead weight tester .Radiation pyrometer. Second Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co..Displacer devices .. Fourth Edition. Ltd.Cold junction compensation.Ultrasonic flowmeter-Coriolis mass flowmeter.Laws of thermocouple . ‘Principles of Industrial Instrumentation’.Reliability Engineering. Doeblin E. New Delhi.Bimetallic thermometerThermocouple .Float operated devices .fixed points -filled-system thermometers .Elastic elementsElectrical methods using strain gauge-High pressure measurement-Vacuum gauges .Comparison with conventional transducers.EI 301 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 UNIT: I -Pressure Measurement Pressure standards ...V.Electromagnetic flowmeter . Eckman. 2.IC temperature sensors . maintenance and calibration of thermometers and thermocouples.Conductive sensors .capacitive sensors -Ultrasonic method .Pressure gauge method Diaphragm box-Air purge system-Differential pressure method – Hydro-step for boiler drum level measurement . Renganathan. Chennai 1999 3.Thermal conductivity gauges -Ionization gauge.Maintainability .Resistance thermometer.Mcleod gauge .Calibration of flowmeters . Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Liptak B.Electrical methods .S.Self diagnosis and remote calibration features.Installation and maintenance UNIT: III. Barney G. ‘Intelligent Instrumentation’. ‘Measurement Systems’: Application and Design. pennsylvania.Differential pressure transmitters Installation and maintenance of pressure gauges UNIT: II -Flow Measurement Positive displacement flowmeters . 1990 ISBN 0-85226206. ‘Process Measurement and Analysis’. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 19 . 3 Edition Chilton book company Radnor. ‘Industrial Instrumentation’. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Reference Books rd 1.. Ltd.Point level sensors-Solid level measurement UNIT: V -Smart Instrumentation and Reliability Engineering Smart intelligent transducer. McGraw Hill.Smart transmitter with HART communicator. 2.Different types of manometers . 1992 ISBN 0-07-100697-4. ‘Transducer Engineering’. 1995 ISBN 0-7506-2255. Patranabis.Measuring circuits Speed of response -linearization .

Internal model control.ActivatorsPositioner.. PID controller for integrator.single loop and overall stability. flow process. gas system. Allied Published..Intelligent contro1 Text Books 1. gas process.Control of steam boiler drum level control and combustion. time delay systems.Control of heat exchanger.Split range control.Adaptive control.1985. damped oscillation method.Objective of modeling.Ratio control. ISBN 0134689437 4.Types of valves. -Control Action and Controller Tuning Basic control action.Self regulation UNIT: II.Centralized controller.Continuous cycling method.Tuning of controllers by process reaction curve method.Process variables. 1998.Case study on design of decentralized controllersPairing criteria for unstable system UNIT: IV -Complex Control Techniques and Final Control Elements Feed forward control. Harriot P.Cascade control.Design and characteristics of Control valveControl Valve selection and sizing.Control of chemical reactor. ISBN 0070404917 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 20 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it .Design of nonlinear controller with input multiplicities –Introduction to multivariable system-evolution of loop interaction –evolution of relative gains.Degrees of freedomCharacteristics of liquid system. Springer Verlog. ‘Industrial Instrumentation Principles and Design’.Averaging controlMultivariable control. 1995 ISBN 8170237963 2. proportional floating control.Characteristic of ON-OFF. ‘Applied Process Control’.Batch process and continuous process.Control valve.Chemical reactionModeling. M. New Delhi.Dynamic matrix control-model -Generalized predictive control. integral and derivative models.Chidambaram.. thermal system-Mathematical model of liquid process. thermal process. -Introduction to Process Control Process dynamics.Elements of process control.Inferential control-Model predictive control.Response of Controllers for different types of test inputs-selection of control mode for different process with control scheme-Optimum controller settings.Transfer function matrix-Method of inequalitiesDecoupling control. mixing process.Ziegler Nichol’s tuning-Cohen Coon method -Pole placement method UNIT: III -Design of Controllers for Stable Unstable and Multivariable System Design of PI.model equations for a binary distillation column.Cavitation and flashing-I/P & P/I converters a K UNIT: V -Industrial Application Control of distillation column-control of top and bottom product compositions. dead time. 2000 ISBN 1852332085 EI 302 PROCESS CONTROL Credit: 3:1:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I.P&I diagrams. ‘Process Control’. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Tatamangalam R.

Third Edition. D. Johnson. 1995 ISBN0750622547 4. 2000. ‘Chemical Process Control: An Introduction Theory and Practice’. Frequency sampling method. Second Edition McGraw Hill NewYork. MC Graw Hill.. Singapore. Seventh Edition. FIR Filter design based on windowed Fourier series. ‘Process Control Instrumentation Technology’.P.Structure Realization Using MATLAB-Preliminary consideration in digital filter design – Bilinear Transformation. Stepanopoulos. ‘Automatic Process Control’. equiripple linear. ‘Process Control System’. Wisle Eastern limited. Forth Edition.G ‘Process Control’. ISBN 0849398711. New Delhi ISBN 0-852262051 5. 1998.E. phase FIR filter design using MATLAB.3. Norman A Anderson. 1996.-Introduction to DSP: Signals and their orgin. Structure realization using MATLAB. Noise-Classification of continuous time signals and Discrete time signals classification and properties of systems. Computational advantages of FFT over DFT-Decimation in time FFT algorithm-Decimation-in Frequency FFT algorithm –MATLAB exercises. Sampling Theoram-sampling-digitizingaliasing-anti-alias filter. Curtis D. Prentice Hall New Delhi 2000 ISBN 8120309871 EI 303 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING UNIT: I. T. UNIT: III. Marlin. UNIT: IV. Chilton Book company. Florida. New Delhi 1999. ISBN 0876645295 6. ISBN 0070404917 3. Least square error FIR filter design using MATLAB a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 3:1:0 Marks: 40+60 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 21 . Liptak B. Eckman. window based FIR filter design using MATLAB. -FIR Digital Filter Design Using MATLAB Basic FIR Filter Structure. ‘Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control’. -Transforms: Z-Transform and its properties –Inverse Z-transform –Discrete Fourier Transforms (DFT) and its properties-Radix 2FFT. Sinskey. ISBN 8120306651 Reference Books 1. -IIR Digital Filter Design using MAT LAB Block diagram Representation of digital filter-Basic IIR digital filter structures. Convolution theorem-linear convolution and circular convolution Applications of filters and . CRC Press LLC. 2. ‘Process Control’.Digital signal processing (DSP) advantages of DSP UNIT: II. Prentice Hall. Pennsylvania.

Text Books 1.Different types of modulatorsDetectors-Application in Instrumentation .Optical detectors . 3. Architecture of TMS 320 C5X. temperature.Ifeachor Digital Signal Processing A Practical Approach . Programming using DSP Processor: Convolution using MAC and MACD Instructions.Optical sources . TMS 320C5X Assembly language Instructions. welding. Sanjit .ISBN-81-203-1129-9. solid lasers.resonator configuration .three level and four level lasers . M Bhasker.LED -LD .fiber optic gyroscope .cavity dumping Types of lasers Gas lasers.UNIT: V.Pearson Education Asia. velocity.ISBN 81-7808-609-3. B. Triangular wave generation. liquid lasers . Texas Instruments. EI 304 FIBER OPTICS AND LASER INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 3:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Optical Fibers and their Properties Principles of light propagation through a fiber-Different types of fibers and their properties Transmission characteristics of optical fiber-absorption losses-Scattering losses-Dispersion Optical fiber measurement . -DSP Processor.2001. 2. Instruction Pipelining in C5X. Mitra “Digital Signal Processing A Computer based approach ‘Tata McGraw Hill Edition .removal and vaporization Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering n u r a y i n U s r e v y it 22 . current.ISBN 0-07-044705-5 2.material processing .measurement of pressure.TMS320C5X Introduction to programmable DSPS. 1993.Algorithms and Applications .Digital Signal Processing Principles.Interferometric method of measurement of lengthMoire fringes . melting and trimming of materials .switching and mode locking . John .semi conductor lasers UNIT: IV -Industrial Application of Lasers Laser for measurement of distance.ISBN 0-07-047334-X References 1. voltage. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing company limited . current.Venkataramani. acceleration. Ramp signal generation.Q. Square wave generation.2002.laser heating. TMS 3205X User's Manual.2002.PIN and APD UNIT: II -Industrial Application of Optical Fibers Fiber optic sensors . liquid level and strain .Fiber optic Instrumentation system .properties of laserlaser modes . Digital Signal Processors. Emmanuel C.Polarization maintaining fibers a K UNIT: III -Laser Fundamentals Fundamental characteristics of Lasers . voltage and atmospheric effect .Proakis . Addision – Wesley 2002.K.G. length.

Electromyograph (EMG) Phonocardiograph (PCG). Industrial Lasers and their Applications. brain surgery.Properties of two dimensional FFT. Semi Conductor Optoelectronics. 1968 ISBN 0124319025 EI 305 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION AND IMAGE PROCESSING UNIT: I -Introduction to Physiological System Bio-potential . and Thiagarajar K. Electroretinogram(ERG) .Medical applications of lasers.Sensors used in Medical Diagnosis . Industrial Applications of Lasers. 1997 ISBN 0125839618 3. McGraw Hill 1974 ISBN 0070844437 2.Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) system -Ultrasonic imaging system .X ray machine . John and Harry. laser and tissue interaction .Partial pressure measurements Recent instrument for blood cell count . 1989 ISBN 052134089 Reference Books 1.laser in biomedical UNIT: IV -Digital Image Fundamentals Elements of a digital image processing system structure of the human eye.Resting and action potential. Ghatak A.Measurement of heart rate .Grounding and isolation UNIT: II -Bio-medical monitoring Systems Blood pressure measurement . Text Books 1.GSR measurement UNIT: III. Jasprit Singh.Electrocculograph (EOG).Differentia! Amplifiers Chopper amplifiers . average value.Design of low noise preamplifiers .FFT algorithm-Walsh transform-Hademard transform-discrete cosine transform Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 23 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Credit: 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 .Measurement of respiration . Optical Electronics Foundation book .heart sound .Image formationsampling and quantization. removal of tumors of vocal cords. rotation.measurement of blood flow .Selection Criteria for Transducers and Electrodes . Electrodes .Basic principle. methods.Image Transforms.Laser instruments for surgery.Image processing Applications . TMH. John F Ready.different types of electrodes Equivalent circuits for electrodes .Electro Encephalograph (EEG) -. McGraw Hill.Separability.K. Holographic Interferometry and applications. DFT.Computer Tomography (CT). Holography for non-destructive testing -Holographic components .Electrical safety . plastic surgery.UNIT: V -Hologram and Medical Application Holography . McGraw Hill.1995 ISBN 0070576378 2. -Electro-physiological Measurements Electro Cardiograph (ECG) . gynecology and oncology.Fourier transform. translation-periodicity.Cardiac output . Cambridge University Press. some basic relationships between pixels. Academic Press. Monte Ross.. Laser Applications.

‘Hand book of biomedical instrumentation’. Design of digital control algorithms for first order system.Smoothing frequency-domain filter. Identification and control of air temperature control system 17.Image Processing tool box in Matlab. 1996.. John Wiley & Sons. Histogram processing Enhancement using Arithmetic / Logic operations. Response of system to various inputs 5. Cromwell L.Basics of spatial filtering. 1999. Richard E. ISBN 997151270 – x a K EI 306 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:2 Marks: 50+50 1. ‘Medical Instrumentation Application and Design’. ISBN 8178086298 Reference Books 1. Experiments in flow process control training plant n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 24 . Study of PH meter 12.Combining spatial Enhancement Methods. smoothing spatial filters. Gonzalez. Asia. 2. Pressure to current converter 4.Implementation of simple Image processing application using Matlab Text Books: 1. 2000. Webstar. ISBN 8120306538. Tata McGraw Hill.S.. Inc. ISBN 818772112-x 3. Software simulation of PLC Ladder diagram 6. ‘Biomedical Instrumentation’. 2. On line control of PC based liquid level system 18.Frequency Domain Methods. Simulation of first order and second order system with and without dead time 13.Sharpening frequency domain filtersHomomorphic filtering. sharpening spatial filters. Current to pressure converter 3. Rafeal C.. 14. Study of the characteristic of pneumatic control valve 8. John G. Experiments using MATLAB SIMULINK package 15. Design of data acquisition system using PCI /NI card 16. Calibration of thermocouple and RTD 9. Study of PID flow control system 10. ‘Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements’. 2001. ‘Digital Image Processing’. Arumuam M. Khandpur R.UNIT: V -Image Enhancement Spatial Domain. Woods. methods-Some simple Gray level Transformations. Determination of viscosity using Redwood viscometer 2. ISBN 007451725. Pressure Gauge calibration using Dead Weight Tester 7. Prentice Hall of India. Pearson Education. Anuradha Agencies. 2002. Study of PID level control system 11.

Study 20. ISBN 0442304862 5. 2.‘Stability of Nonlinear Systems’. Friedland. and Salgado. William S. Design of fuzzy logic controller using fuzzy logic toolbox EI 307 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM Credit: 3:1:0 Marks 40+60 UNIT: I -Modeling of Dynamic Systems Centrifugal Governor – Ground vehicle. ISBN 0130609072 a K Refence Books: 1. ‘Systems and Control’. Prentice-Hall Publication. IEEE and CRC Press. ISBN 0195150112 2. 2000m ISBN 0471366013 3. Prentice Hall. 1991 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 25 . New Jersey. McGraw Hill. ‘Modern Control Engineering’. Stanislaw Zak. ISBN 0849385709 3.F.1980. ‘The Control Hand Book’. 2001. ‘Control Systems Engineering’.K. ‘Control System Design’. ISBN 0139586539. B.Prentice Hall. UNIT: II -Linear System Analysis Reachability and controllability – Observability and constructability –Companion forms – Controller / Observer form – State feed-back control – State estimator – Full order and reduced order Estimator UNIT: III -Stability Definition of stability – Stability of linear system – Hurwitz and Routh stability criteria – Stability of Nonlinear system – Lyapunov’s Indirect method UNIT: IV -Optimal Control Performance Indices – Calculus of variation – Linear Quadratic Regulator – Dynamic programming –Pontrgagin’s minimum principle UNIT: V -Heuristic and Evolutionary Control Systems Fuzzy systems – ANN – Genetic Algorithms – Based Controllers Text Books: 1. Virtual Instrumentation package .P. Atherton D. Levine.Inverted Pendulum – Numerical methods – Liberalization of Differential Equation –Describing function method. ‘Control System Design’.. ‘Nonlinear Dynamic Systems’. C. Norman S.Nice.Permanent Magnet stepper motor.19.. John Wiley and Sons. 2003. USA. Godwin. ISBN 0070224412 4. Prentice Hall. Ogata. Peter Cook. Graebe. 2000. 1996. Oxford University Press. 1987.A.

2.Creating ladder diagrams from process control descriptions. 1989 3.Position and Velocity forms-Dead time compensation and smith predictor algorithm UNIT: III -Programmable Logic Controller Introduction. Petrezeulla.Design of interlocks and alarms using PLC.Theory. ‘Programmable Controllers’.B.steady state error-Z domain equipment.Three way traffic light problem. 1989 2. Mc-Graw Hill Book Co.Annunciator problem-Trouble shooting and maintenance UNIT: V -Applications Implementation of microprocessor based position and temperature control systemsOperational features of stepper motor.B.Predictive controllerImplementation of control algorithm using microprocessor.. and Ash R.M.Jury’s Stability test UNIT: II -Design of Digital Controller Digital PID –Deadbeat.G.Linear transformation. P. McGraw Hill. ISA Publication.PLC basic functionsRegister basics-Timer and counter functions UNIT: IV -PLC Intermediate Functions Arithmetic functions.Pulse transfer function-Modified Ztransform. 1995.Auxiliary commands and functions. ‘Chemical Process Control’. ISA Press. 1985. ‘Digital Control Systems’ ..Utilizing digital bits. Tata Mc Graw Hill.EI 308 COMPUTER CONTROL OF PROCESS Credit: 3:1:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Introduction to Computer Process Control Review of sample theory-Response of sample data system to step and ramp input.Interfacing of stepper motor to computer. ‘Computer Process Control’. G.Drive circuits. Steponopoulous. Reference Books 1.PLC installation. Mc-Graw Hill Book Co.H. ‘Digital Control System’. 1996.Sample data model for continuous system bilinear transformation.Analog PLC operationNetworking of PLC.Design of feed forward controller. Hardware and Software.Sequencer functions. Kuo. Despande..Comparison function-SKIP and MCR function-Data move system-PLC advanced intermediate function. 1986 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 26 .Overview of PLC systems.I/O Modules. HughesT.B..Matrix functionsPLC advanced function.Interfacing of computer with temperature flow. ‘Programmable Logic Controllers’. 3. level process Text Books 1.Alternate programming language. Lamount.. Houpis C.Power supplies General PLC programming procedures-Programming ON-OFF outputs.Dahlin’s algorithms-Pole placement controller-Kalman’s algorithmsDesign for load changes.

BISYNC . RS422.Standard ETHERNET and ARCNET configuration – Special requirement for networks used for control.Protocols and protocol architecture. 1986 Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 27 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it .DisplaysEngineering interface-alarms and alarm management-DCS Case study.HART and the OSI model – Field bus . Prentice-Hall of India. TCP/IP.CRC implementation .ASCII.Star topology.Combined topologies. Third Edition.Interchangeability.Interoperability .Different architectures . Michal P.Caesar Cipher Bit level ciphering.Study of anyone popular DCS available in market .Data encryption protection. NETWORKS AND PROTOCOLS Credit: 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Computer Networks Common bus topology.Cyclic redundancy checks.Operator interface . ‘Computer Networks’. ISBN 8130311655.Data Security. ‘Distributed Control Systems’.General field bus architecture .Image compression.Gateways Open system with bridge configuration . Security and Integrity Data Compression – Huffman code.Data Integrating –Error parity checking analysis. Tanenbaum. Text Books 1.. a K UNIT: V -HART and Field Bus Introduction .HDLC .CSMA/ CDMA.Asynchronous and Synchronous Communication USART.Data coding methods.Burst error detection.Media Access protocol .Open system with gateway configuration .Deribie bit error detection. MPEG.Serial data transmission standard – RS232.Field bus topology .Multi-bit error correction. A. Lucas.Authentication using Hash-Based schemes UNIT: III -Data Network Fundamentals Network hierarchy and switching . UNIT: IV -Distributed Control Systems Evolution .Comparison of error detection and correction. Baudot.Open system interconnection model of OSI .Routers .HART commands – HART field controller implementation . Morse and BCD Codes-Digital encoding schemes.Runlength encoding-relative encoding-Lempel.Introduction .Evolution of signal standard .Data link control protocol . Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.Basic requirements of field bus standard .Encryption and decryption. 1996.RSA algorithms and digital signatures. EBCDOC.JPEG.Ring topology.HART networks -Control system interface .Single error correction.Public key encryption. UNIT: II -Data Compression. RS485 – Multi-drop Communication.Fully connected topology.EI 309 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM.HART Communication protocol – Communication modes .Local control unit .Factors to be considered in selecting DCS .SDLC .Internetworking.Case studies in DCS.S. UART.Error correction.Command/response Token passing .Bridges .Hamming codes. 2.Polynomial divisionAnalysis of CRC.

A division of Thomson Learning. Goings. 2 Edition.F. 1971. Timepiece. Engine Cooling Water Temperature Sensors Design. Gear Neutral Indicator. American Technical Society. Moving Iron Instruments. Relay and Solenoid. Cole Publishing Company.Y nd EI 310 AUTOMOTIVE INSTRUMENTATION Unit: I -Automobile Panel Meters And Sensor Design Ergonomics. TMH 2000. Toggle Switches. Chicago. Flash System. Car Fan. Ammeter and voltmeter. HART Communication Foundation. Electronic Instruments. Speed Sensor. ‘HART application Guide’. Instrument Wiring System and Electromagnetic Interference Suppression. ‘Modern Electric Equipments for Automobiles’. ISBN 053495954 . William A Shay. London. Romilly Bowden. Window Washer. Behrooz A.W. Courtesy Lamp. ISBN 0070435034 Reference Books 1.F. Air Pressure Warning System.A. Flush Switches.Controllers. Engine Oil Temperature Sensor. Walter E. 1975. Air Pressure Sensors. Judge. Air Horn. 2. Windshield Wiper. Vehicle Speed Sensor Design. ‘Automotive Electric Systems’. Door Lock Indicators. Music Horns UNIT: IV -Dash Board Amenities Car Radio Stereo. ‘Data Communication and Networking’. Dipper Switches. Design of Alphanumeric Display for Board Instruments UNIT: III -Warning And Alarm Instruments Brake Actuation Warning System. Limit Switches. 2001. Horn Design.3. Ignition Lock. Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Design. Cigar Lamp. Ignition Key. Dash Board Illumination UNIT: V -Switches And Controls Horn Switches. Pull and Push Switches.Sensor for Fuel Level in Tank. Wiring Circuits for Instruments. Billiet and Leslie . Oil Pressure Warning System. Traficators. Balancing Coil Indicator Design. 2. 1999.Odometer and Taximeter Design.Panel Meters. Chapman and Hall. Speed Warning System. Permanent Magnet Horn. Non-contact Switches Text Books 1. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit: 3:0:0 Marks: 40+60 y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 28 .. ‘Understanding Data Communications and Networks’. Engine Overheat Warning System. Unit: II -Indicating Instrumentation Design Moving Coil Instrument Design.

Loops and chartsCase and sequence structures.Time frequency analysis of signals. Rahman.F. W.LabVIEW basics. National Instruments Release. ISBN 0130964239 2. 3.File I/O. ‘Sensors and Transducer and LabVIEW’.Simple problems UNIT: III -Data acquisition and control in VI Plug-in DAQ boards. National Instruments LabVIEW Manual Reference Books 1. National Instruments Release.Performing analog input and analog output.B. Editing and debugging a VI in LabVIEW. New Delhi.Definition to Virtual Instrumentation (VI)– LabVIEW software.Organization of the DAQ VI System..Driving the digital I/Os.Reference Books 1. Sonde. and Herbert Pichlik.Fourier transform analysis. Lisa K.Simple problems UNIT: II -VI using LabVIEW Creating. ISBN 0130811556 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit: 3:0:1 Marks: 40+60 y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 29 . Moscow. Wells Jeffrey Travis. Walter. MIR Publishers. E. National Instruments Release. 1989 EI 311 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION UNIT: I -Introduction Programming paradigms. ‘Basic Metrology and Electrical Measurements’.Virtual Instrumentation. ISBN 013065096 2. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.S.Buffered data acquisition-Simple problems UNIT: IV -LabVIEW for Advanced Systems Bio-bench control and simulation using LabVIEW..Quality.. London.Dushin. Ltd.Commercial communication applications.Designing digital filters. ‘Transducers and Display System’.LabVIEW environment.Creating a sub VI.Scanning multiple analog channels.. ‘Electronic Measurements’. ‘LabVIEW – Applications and Solutions’. 1977. 2.LabVIEW based fuzzy logic and genetic algorithms UNIT: V -LabVIEW and Automation Technology Mathematics and simulation in LabVIEW. Reliability and maintenance of LabVIEW programs Text Books 1. ‘LabVIEW for Everyone’.VI customization. Macmillan Press Ltd.Integrated design Environment for dynamic systems.

6. 1997.M. Slater. Donald L. ‘An Introduction to Real Time Systems’.. 3. UNIT: IV -Real time Models. clocking communication and synchronization. Intel Manual on 16-bit Embedded Controllers. ISBN 0122748808 3. High level language descriptions of S/W for embedded system. ISBN 0750675349.. Raymond J.Programming using Macro assemblers Text Books 1. ASIC. ISBN 00704923 5. Reference Books 1. ISBN 0792398947 2. ‘Real Time Systems’. ‘Microprocessor based Design.J. Narayan S. Peatman. control blocks. Classifications and brief overview of micro-controllers microprocessors and DSPs.. Prentice Hall International. timers.Real World Design.. ‘Art of Programming Embedded Systems’. process based and graph based models. Typical application scenario of embedded systems UNIT: II -Interface Issues Related to Embedded Systems A/D. Gajski. Vahid. 1992. 1991. PTR Prentice Hall. 1996. Simulation and Emulation of embedded systems. ISBN 007057043. 4. memory requirements and control. 1994. ADSP2181.R.Krishna. interrupt processing. Prentice Hall. McGrawHilF. 1989. Herma K. A Comprehensive guide to effective Hardware Design’.B. actuators.D. New Jersey. Intel 8051..Buhr. kernel services. UNIT: V -Case Studies Discussion of specific examples of complete embedded systems using MC 68 HC11. ISBN 0135822483. Ganssle J. Pearson Education.EI 312 REAL TIME AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Credit: 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -System Design Definitions. ‘Design with PIC Micro Controllers’.A. OS tasks. Santa Clara.. 2. Bailey. Academic Press. ‘Specification and Design of Embedded Systems’.Design for Distributed Embedded Applications’. ISBN 0131507311. Ball S.Real time languages Real time kernel. D/A converters. 2001. Embedded processor architectural definitions. 1997. Asia. Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 30 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it . 1999. ISBN 0136060706. ‘Real Time systems . Prentice Hall. Shin. Java based embedded system design. D. Language and Operating Systems Event based. Kang G. PIC series of micro controller. diagnostic port UNIT: III -Techniques for embedded Systems State Machine and state Tables in embedded design. task scheduling. C. F. Petrinet models . task states. ‘Embedded Microprocessor Systems’. FPGA. Kluwer Academic. M.

FFT Implementation in TMS Processor a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 31 . Square root of a number. ADC interface using 8051 Interfacing 1. BCD to seven segment code. Binary to Hexadecimal 3. Simple programs involving timers and counters 2. Speed control of DC motor using microcontrollers. 2. Signal generation using TMS320 3. Design of Digital filter using DSP tool box 2. Digital Signal Processing 1. Binary to BCD. Sorting Motorola Micro Controller Programming 1. 4.EI 313 EMBEDDED SYSTEM LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:2 Marks: 50+50 Atmal 8051 Programming using Keil C 1. Factorial. Traffic light Interface using 8051. Convolution Algorithm Implementation in TMS Processor 4. DAC interface using 8085 3. Code Conversion: BCD to Binary. Study of interrupt structures of Atmel 8051 and Motorola MC 68 HC 11 3. Multiplication and division. subtraction. Simple programmes for basic arithmetic operations: Addition. Stepper motor interface using 8051 2.

loops and charts. counters & timers. string and file I/O UNIT –III Data acquisition basics: ADC. formula nodes. data-flow techniques. Networks and Protocols System Identification And Adaptive Control Optimal Control Systems Robotics And Automation Digital Image Processing Techniques Virtual Instrumentation Laboratory Credit 3:0:1 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 0:0:2 3:1:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 0:0:2 EI223 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 3:0:1 UNIT –I Review of virtual Instrumentation: Historical perspective. a K UNIT – II VI programming techniques: VIS and sub-VIS. arrays. interrupts. comparison with Conventional programming. case and sequence structures. timing. DAC. graphical programming in data flow. DIO. block diagram and architecture of a virtual instrument. advantages. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 158 . clusters and graphs. DMA.ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS Code No EI223 EI224 EI225 EI226 EI227 EI228 EI229 EI230 EI231 EI232 EI233 EI314 EI315 EI316 EI317 EI318 EI319 EI320 EI321 EI322 Subject Name Virtual Instrumentation Neural Networks And Fuzzy Logic Control Instrumentation And Control In Petrochemical Industries Instrumentation And Control In Paper Industries Instrumentation In Iron And Steel Industries Instrumentation For Pollution Control Ultrasonic Instrumentation Telemetry And Telecontrol Aircraft Instrumentation Robotics and Automation Digital Control Lab Process Control Biomedical Instrumentation Advanced Control System Distributed Control System. PC Hardware structure. software and hardware installation. local and global variables.

UNIT –IV Common instrument interfaces: Current loop. Textbooks 1. fuzzy learning algorithms. networking basics for office & Industrial applications. power spectrum. fuzzy relations. optimizing the membership functions and the rule base of fuzzy logic controllers using neural networks. fuzzy conditional statements. fuzzy transfer functions in neural networks. Newyork. New Jersey. fuzzy rules. GPIB. design of fuzzy logic controllers. etc. EI224 NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC CONTROL Credit : 4:0:0 UNIT – I Introduction to neural networks. adaptive resonance theory.. case studies(Inverted Pendulum. Labview Graphical Programming . fuzzification interface. different architectures of neural networks. New Jersey. Prentice Hall. multi layer perceptrons. decision making logic. case studies(Inverted Pendulum. wells & Jeffrey Travis. System buses. PXI. Rosenblott’s perceptrons. interface buses: USB. back propagation algorithm. 2. VISA and IVI. Second edition. Basic concepts of Labview 4. Articulation Control) UNIT – III Introduction to fuzzy logic: Fuzzy sets. UNIT – V Use of analysis tools: Fourier transforms. VI applications in various fields. image acquisition and processing.SCXI. Hopfield’s networks. Lisa K. 1998. Motion control. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 159 . identification and control of dynamical systems . McGraw Hill. knowledge/rule base. Prentice Hall. Gary Johnson. 1997. PCMCIA. Sokoloff. UNIT – II Neural networks for control systems: Schemes of neuro-control. windowing & filtering. Kohnen’s self organizing maps. 1997. defuzzification interface. a K UNIT – IV Fuzzy logic for control systems : Fuzzy logic controllers. References 1. correlation methods. VXI. Articulation Control) UNIT – V Neuro-fuzzy and fuzzy-neural control systems: Adaptive fuzzy systems . RS 232C/ RS485. Labview for everyone.

Chilton Book Company. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems : A Dynamical Approach to Machine Intelligence. Considine D. chemical reduction. Liptak B. Wasserman P. Chilton Book Company.Text Books 1. Zurada. Fourth edition. control of feed in reboiler and reflux. Third edition . ISBN-07506-2255-5 Reference 1. New Delhi ..1995.1997. differential pressure and flow.M. Jacek M. 3. cascade and feed forward controls. Pennsylvania. Text Books 1. measurement and control of column pressure. liquid distillate. liquid to liquid heat exchangers. EI225 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRIES Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT – I Instrumentation and control in distillation columns: Distillation equipment. Singapore.Ross. Process Control . 2. UNIT – II Instrumentation and control in chemical reactors: Temperature and pressure control in batch reactors. G. 1993. Kosko. Prentice Hall. Neural Computing Theory & Practice . measurement and control of absolute pressure.Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications.D. ‘Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems’. Process Measurement and Analysis. steam heaters. Jaico Publication House. ‘Process / Industrial Instruments and Control Handbook’. 1995..conductivity. UNIT – V Instrumentation and control in effluent and water treatment: Chemical oxidation. Liptak B. McGraw Hill. Third edition . J. UNIT – III Instrumentation and control in heat exchangers: Variables and degrees of freedom . condensers. vapour distillate and inserts. neutralization. B. Instrumentation and control in dryers: Batch dryers and continuous dryers. variables and degrees of freedom. use of cascade and feed forward control UNIT – IV Instrumentation and control in evaporators: Types of evaporators. ISBN–0–7506–2254-7 2. density. reboilers and vaporisers. ISBN-0-07-012445-0 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it 160 . precipitation and biological control. 1991. 1995. 1997 – ISBN-0-07-144711-X References` 1. Pennsylvania.Van Nortland Reinhold. G.

pressure. thickness and shape.EI226 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN PAPER INDUSTRIES Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 Unit I Raw materials-pulping process – chemical recovery process – paper making process – converting. graphic displays and alarms. cold rolling and finishing. iron making. Sand casting old control. basic oxygen furnace. Unit II Measurements of basic weight – density – specific gravity – flow – level of liquids and solids – pressure – temperature – consistency – moisture – pH – oxidation – reduction potential – graphic displays and alarms Unit III Blow tank controls – digester liquor feedpump controls – brown stock wacher level control – stock chest level control – basic weight control – dry temperature control Unit IV Dissolving tank density control – white liquor classifier density control – white liquor flow control – condensate conductivity control Unit V Computer applications in pulping process control. flow weight. density. stoves. Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 161 . electric furnace. a K UNIT – II Casting of steel: Primary rolling . temperature. blast furnaces . raw steel making . UNIT – IV Control and systems: Blast furnace stove combustion control system. Karunya Notes EI227 INSTRUMENTATION IN IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRIES Credit : 4:0:0 UNIT – I Flow diagram and description of the processes: Raw materials preparation. gas and water controls in BOF furnace . liquid level control and input stock control Text Book 1. UNIT – III Instrumentation: Measurement of level.

UNIT – III : Water Pollution Monitoring Water pollutants –basic techniques –spectrometric methods. G.emission spectrograph. Tupkary R. HVN Rao.basics of monitoring technologies like conductimetry. Instrument Engineers Handbook. New Delhi. volume 2.. New Delhi.H. Soli J. Fourth edition. annealing process control Computer (center utilities dispatch computer). Introduction to Modern Iron Making . 1989 – IV Edition. ambient environmental monitoring –source monitoring –implant environment monitoring-personal monitoring. 1986 . ISBN-0-07-463002-4 2. Text Books 1. Khanna Publishers. CRC press.UNIT – V Computer applications: Model calculation and logging. Tata McGraw Hill.M. 2000. 1998. M. UNIT – II : Air Pollution Monitoring Air Pollutants.optical method-air pollution monitoring instruments. Singapore.atomic absorption spectra photometry. Arceilala. Text Books 1.II Edition 2. Considine D. Process / Industrial Instruments and Control Handbook. Tata McGraw Hill.Rao. “Air Pollution”. Process Control. 1995 2. “Waste Water Treatment for Pollution Control”. a K UNIT – IV : Noise pollution monitoring Noise pollution and its measurement UNIT – V : Industrial pollutants and its monitoring Monitoring Instruments of industrial pollution. Introduction to Modern Steel Making. Reference Books 1. Liptak B.H.water pollution monitoring instruments.coulemetry – pizeo eletric oscillations methods-paper tape method. London. Tupkary R.N. Third edition. McGraw Hill.ISBN-0-07-457871-2 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 162 . 1993 – ISBN-0-07-012445-0 EI228 INSTRUMENTATION FOR POLLUTION CONTROL Credit : 4:0:0 UNIT – I : Environmental Monitoring Classification. Khanna Publishers. rolling mill control.

1972.. B. variables affecting ultrasonic testing in various applications. UNIT – V Ultrasonic applications: Ultrasonic applications in medical diagnosis and therapy. and Atkinson A. New York.. functional blocks of telemetry and tele control system methods of telemetry.P.L. 2000. Power level. reflection and transmission coefficients. pneumatic. Ashok Jain. EI229 ULTRASONIC INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 4:0:0 UNIT – I Ultrasonic waves: Principles and propagation of various waves. hydraulic and optical telemetry-state of the art-telemetry standards. Karunya Notes a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Marks: 40+60 y it EI230 TELEMETRY AND TELECONTROL Marks: 40+60 Credit : 4:0:0 UNIT I : Telemetry Fundamentals Classification: Fundamental concepts: significance. acoustical holography. Pragari Prakasan.3. Text Book 1.. intensity and attenuation of sound beam. 2 nd edition Wiley Interscience Inc. resonance. medium parameters. Faith W. characterization of ultrasonic transmission. Kuderia. ISBN – 81-7008-091-6 4.C. transit time. principle. UNIT – IV Ultrasonic measurement: Ultrasonic method of measuring thickness. construction and characteristics. Laxmi Publication. 1998. 163 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . : “Air pollution”.electrical. V. Punmia. UNIT – III Ultrasonic test methods: Pulse echo. direct contact and immersion type and ultrasonic methods of flaw detection.A. depth and flow. UNIT – II Generation of ultrasonic waves: Magnetostrictive and piezoelectric effects. search unit types. Reference Book 1. “Waste Water Engineering”. “Noise Pollution & Its Control”. ISBN-817556-186-6.

UNIT-IV: Aircraft Computer Systems Terrestrial magnetism. UNIT IV : Optical Telemetry Optical fibres for signal transmission -sources for fiber optic transmission . tele control apparatus-remote adjustment. UNIT. UNIT-ll: Flight Instrumentation Static & pitot pressure source -altimeter -airspeed indicator -machmeter -maximum safe speed indicator.accelerometer. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 164 .UNIT II : Landline Telemetry Electrical telemetry'. aircraft magnetism. Direct reading magnetic components.PWM. E.optical detectorstrends in fibre optic device development-example of an optical telemetry system.digital coding methods advantages of PCM.J .V : Power Plant Instruments Fuel flow -Fuel quantity measurement.FM.FSK-Delta modulation coding and decoding equipment example of a radio telemetry system. Guidance and regulation Tele control using information theory.PM multiplexing -transmitting and receiving techniques. cock.B. panels. Pallett. Karunya Notes EI231 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT I: Introduction Classification of aircraft ~instrumentation -instrument displays.example of a tele control system. Pitman and sons. UNIT-III: Gyroscopic Instruments Gyroscopic theory -directional gyro indicator artificial horizon -turn and slip indicator.Compass errors gyro magnetic compass. UNIT III : Radio Telemetry Block diagram of a radio telemetry system transmitting and receiving techniquesAM. : " Aircraft Instruments -Principles and applications".PPM.current systems-voltage systems synchro systems-frequency systemsposition and pulse systems-example of a landline telemetry system. Text Book 1.pit layout. exhaust gas temperature measurement and pressure measurement. UNIT V : Telecontrol Methods Analog and digital techniques in tele control. Text Books 1. 1981..

-Classification—Characteristics-Drives & Control systems –Actuators-Control loop UNIT-II Transducers & Sensors-Tactile sensors-Proximity & Range sensors-Image Processing & Analysis-Image Data reduction-Feature extraction-Object Recognition UNIT-III End effects – Types-Mechanical Grippers-Vacuum Cups-Magnetic Grippers-Robot/End effector Interface-Software for industrial robots positive stop PGM.Degrees of freedomModeling of liquid process. McGraw Hill. 1986.Process variables. 1980. mixing processChemical reaction-Modeling Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 165 . Chemical plants-Industrial Automation-Typical EGS of automated industries. Text Books 1. flow process. CP UNIT-IV Robot motion analysis–Kinematics-Homogenous Transformations-Robot Dynamics Configuration of Robot controller UNIT-V Industrial Robots –welding painting-Assembly-Remote Controlled Robots for Nuclear. Groover etal. “Industrial Robots – Technology Programming & Applications” McGraw Hill Ltd. gas process..EI232 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT-I Robots introduction -Basic components.Elements of process control. Mikell P. PTP. ISBN-0-07-100442-4 Credit : 0:0:2 a K Credit : 3:1:0 n u r EI233 DIGITAL CONTROL LABORATORY Marks: 50+50 a y i n U s r e v y it 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI314 PROCESS CONTROL Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Introduction to Process Control Process dynamics. Oran Koren. thermal process. ISBN-0-07-100534-X 2. “Robotics for Engineers”. Thermal.

2000 ISBN 8120309871 6. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Forth Edition. CRC Press LLC. Singapore. ‘Chemical Process Control: An Introduction Theory and Practice’. 1995 ISBN 8170237963 2.Internal model control. Florida. McGraw Hill. Harriot P.single loop and overall stability.Response of Controllers for different types of test inputs-selection of control mode for different process with control scheme-Optimum controller settings.UNIT: II. Curtis D. Seventh Edition. dead time.Continuous cycling method. Process Control Instrumentation Technology..Ziegler Nichol’s tuning-Cohen Coon method -Pole placement method UNIT: III -Design of Controllers for Nonlinear Systems Design of PI. Norman A Anderson. proportional floating control. 1998 ISBN 8170237963 Reference Books 1. M. Johnson. Eckman.Inferential control-Model predictive control. Stepanopoulos. time delay systems. New Delhi.Design of nonlinear controller with input multiplicities UNIT: IV -Design of Controllers for Multivariable Systems Introduction to multivariable system-evolution of loop interaction –evolution of relative gains..Averaging control. integral and derivative models.E.P. New Delhi 1999 ISBN 8120306651 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 166 . ‘Applied Process Control’. D. PID controller for integrator. Prentice Hall. 2000 ISBN 0070404917 3.Split range control. 1996 ISBN 0876645295 5. Wiley Eastern Limited. Instrumentation for process measurement and control. Process Control.Characteristic of ON-OFF. Prentice Hall.Tuning of controllers by process reaction curve method.Chidambaram. Process Control System. damped oscillation method.Decoupling control.model equations for a binary distillation columnTransfer function matrix-Method of inequalities. 1998 ISBN 0849398711 2. Sinskey. New Delhi. T. Second Edition McGraw Hill NewYork. Marlin.Cascade control.Dynamic matrix control-model -Generalized predictive control Text Books 1. ‘Process control’.Ratio control. -Control Action and Controller Tuning Basic control action. New Delhi ISBN 0852262051 4. Automatic Process Control.Centralized controller UNIT: V -Complex control techniques Feed forward control.Adaptive control. Allied Publishers.

Electro Encephalography (EEG).Equivalent circuits for electrodes – Types of electrodes. – Heart.Electrode theory.Applications of laser medicine . Inc. Arumugam.Ultrasonic imaging system – Computer in medicine UNIT: V –Therapeutic Instruments Defibrillator Principle. John Wiley & Sons. Hand book of Biomedical Instrumentation. 1999.Electro-physiological Measurements Physiology of heart. 3 Joseph Carr.Oxygen saturation of blood.Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) system .Kidney machine .Physiology of eye– ElectroRetinogram(ERG). Anuradha Agencies. 2001. 2001 ISBN 818772112-X Reference Books 1.Electromyography (EMG) UNIT: III.Biochemical electrodes. Tata McGraw Hill. 2000 ISBN 0074517252 2 M. Biomedical Instrumentation.EI315 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Introduction to Physiological System Cell and its structure.Design of low noise preamplifiers – Isolation Amplifier..Resting and Action Potential. Pearson Education Inc. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 167 .Microprocessor based ventilator .Measurement of Respiration. Introduction to Biomedical equipment Technology. Prentice Hall of India. Leslie Cromwell L.Centralized patent monitoring system Text Books 1 Khandpur R.Defibrillator circuit.Cardiac output.Electro Cardiograph (ECG) . Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements.Demand pacemaker. Webstar.Electrical hazards and safety in hospital UNIT: II .. ISBN 997151270-X.Lung monitoring Systems Measurement of Blood flow.Chopper Amplifiers .S.Heart sound. IV edition ISBN-81-7808-327-2. Medical Instrumentation Application and Design. John G.Blood cell counters UNIT: IV –Bio Imaging X ray machine .Phonocardiograph (PCG)Physiology of brain. 2000 ISBN 8120306538 2.Computer Tomography (CT).Lung volumeMeasurement of Heart rate.

Prentice-Hall Publication. John Wiley and Sons. IEEE and CRC Press.Lyapunov function. William S. 1996 ISBN 0849385709 3.Hurwitz and Routh stability criteria UNIT: V –Stability of Nonlinear System Stability of Nonlinear system – Lyapunov stability theorems.. Tata McGraw Hill Pub.Lyapunov function for nonlinear system. USA. Norman S. Modern Control Engineering .Phase plane. 2001 ISBN 0139586539 2. Nice.State space representation of systemCentrifugal Governor – Ground vehicle. Control Systems Engineering.Permanent Magnet stepper motor. Levine.. Gopal M. 2003 ISBN 0195150112 2.Mathematical modeling. 2000 ISBN 0471366013 4. Prentice Hall. 2003.Predictor Corrector method.EI316 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM Credit : 3:1:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Modeling of Dynamic Systems Definition of System.F. ‘Digital Control and State Variable Methods’. Godwin. 2001 ISBN 0130609072 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 168 . and Salgado. C. Oxford University Press. Graebe. Systems and Control. Stanislaw Zak.Numerical methods..Inverted Pendulum UNIT: II –Analysis of Mathematical models State space method.Principle of Linearization of Differential Equation –Describing function method for nonlinear system UNIT: III -Linear System Analysis Reachability and controllability – Observability and constructability –Companion forms– Controller / Observer form – State feed-back control – State estimator – Full order and reduced order Estimator.Euler’s method.K. ISBN 0070483027 Reference Books 1. Ogata. The Control hand book. New Jersey.Stability analysis by describing function method Text Books 1.Runge Kutta method.Isoclines.Taylor Series.Combined controller estimator compensator UNIT: IV –Stability of Linear System Definition of stability – Stability of linear system – Asymptotically Stable System. Control system design.

Computer Networks.HDLC .Study of anyone popular DCS available in market .Ring topology.Bridges . 2001 ISBN 053495054-X a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 169 . 2 nd Edition.Open system with gateway configuration . A division of Thomson Learning. RS422. TCP/IP.Combined topologiesUNIT: II –Protocol and Architecture Serial data transmission standard – RS232.Basic requirements of field bus standard .Factors to be considered in selecting DCS . UNIT: IV -Data Network Fundamentals Network hierarchy and switching . 2000 ISNB 0070435034 Reference Books 1. Prentice-Hall of India.HART commands – HART field controller implementation . 2001 ISBN 8130311655 2.DisplaysEngineering interface-alarms and alarm management-DCS Case study.S.Star topology.Open system interconnection model of OSI . A.Media Access protocol .Evolution of signal standard .Interoperability . Behrooz A F.HART.Different architectures .HART networks -Control system interface .BISYNC . Third Edition.Standard ETHERNET and ARCNET configuration – Special requirement for networks used for control. Tanenbaum.Fully connected topology. Tata McGraw Hill.EI317 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM.Internetworking.Field bus topology . NETWORKS AND PROTOCOLS Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT: I -Computer Networks Common bus topology.HART Communication protocol – Communication modes .General field bus architecture .Local control unit .CSMA/ CDMA.HART and the OSI model – Field bus . RS485 – CAN. Understanding Data Communications and networks. Data Communication and Networking.Introduction . Cole Publishing Company.Case studies in DCS.Gateways Open system with bridge configuration . UNIT: V -Distributed Control Systems Evolution .Command/response Token passing .Field Bus UNIT: III -HART and Field Bus Introduction .Operator interface . William A Shay.SDLC .Interchangeability.Data link control protocol . Text Books 1.Routers .

Discrete Algebraic Riccati Equation.Minimum variance control .Step response methods .Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR).Definitions .EI318 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 Unit: I -Modeling and Simulation of Processes Impulse response . Credit : 4:0:0 a K Unit: I –Calculus of Variation Functions and Functional.Control policies . Self tuning systems.Fixed memory .Variation of functionalExtremal of functional.Simulation of 1 order. Unit: II -MIMO System Identification Techniques Off line . Vol..Maximum likelihood .Solving ARE using the Eigen vector method.Maxima and minima of function.output regulator.RLS algorithm . andZarrop M.. Unit: IV -MRAS and STC Approaches . Reprint 1993.Auto tuning .Modified recursive least squares techniques .Pontryagin‘s minimum principle n u r EI319 OPTIMAL CONTROL SYSTEMS Marks: 40+60 a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 170 .Types of adaptive control. Reference Books 1.Uses .Predictive control.pole placement control . John Wiley and Sons. 1991.Control configuration Unit: III –LQR Design Algebraic Riccati Equation (ARE).On line methods . 2.State Regulator.Instrumental variable Stochastic approximation techniques.The Gradient approach . 2 order systems with and without dead time. Unit: II -Classification of Adaptive control Introduction .Runge-Kutta method -Z-transform method . Unit: V -Issues in Adaptive control and Applications Stability-Convergence-Robustness-Application of adaptive control. Wellstead P.B. I and II.Frequency response .Euler Lagrange equation Unit: II –Optimal Control Introduction Statement of optimal control problem -performance indices. Isermann R.Liapunov functions . Digital Control Systems.Use of Simulation st nd packages .Recursive least squares .Passivity theory . Narosa Publishing House.Signal modeling Discretisation techniques.E.

Prentice Hall of India. Gopal. 'Industrial Robotics .Path determination . Nagel R. ISBN-0-07-100442-4 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 171 . a K Unit: IV -Kinematics. 3.Determination of HP of motor and gearing ratio Variable speed arrangement . K. Wiley Eastern Limited. Jacobian's work envelope .S. 2003 ISBN 0195150112 2.Electronic and pneumatic manipulator control circuits .P. Wiley Eastern. Unit: V -Case Studies Robots in Automotive industries and manufacturing industries. Stanislaw Zak. New Delhi. force control and stability .Technology.Scope of AI. knowledge representation . Unit: III -Manipulators.N. pneumatic and electric drives .End effectors . M.robot programming languages. 1992. Ogata.Numerical techniques for optimal control. 1986. Systems and Control. Programming and Applications’..Simplex method .Optimum control of tracking system. Odrey N. acoustic.Hill climbing .Solution of inverse kinematics problem – Multiple solutions.computational procedure for solving optimal control problem Dynamic programming application to discrete and continuous system.penalty function methods Unit: V –Matlab Examples for optimal control problems Infinite time Linear Optimal Regulator design. actuators and grippers Construction of manipulators -Manipulator dynamics. Optimization theory and applications. ISBN-81-224-0503-7 4. S.Unit: IV -Dynamic Programming Numerical techniques for optimal control Principle of optimality . McGraw Hill. AI & Expert systems Homogeneous Coordinator . 1992. fibre-optic and tactile sensors. magnetic. laser. Oxford University Press. 1992. New Delhi. New Delhi.Various generations of robots Degrees of freedom Unit: II -Power sources and sensors Hydraulic.gradient . Reference Books 1. Weiss M.machine vision .Output weighed linear control. ISBN-0-87692-147 EI320 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION Credit : 4:0:0 Unit: I -Basic concepts Definition and origin of robotics -Different types of robots .Terminal time weighing problem Reference Books 1. Modern Control Engineering.Hill climbing techniques .Ranging.G.Various type of grippers -Design considerations. Modern control System Theory. Rao. Groover M.

. I edition ISBN-020-152539-9. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co. ISBN – 0070482934 EI321 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES Credit : 4:0:0 UNIT: I –Digital Image Fundamentals Fundamental steps in Digital Image processing-Components of an Image Processing Systems-Light and the Electromagnetic Spectrum-Examples of fields that use Digital Image Processing. 3.E. Mechanics and Control’.C. 2003. Design and Applications’. Koren Y. Statistical Moments-Regional Descriptors: Topological Descriptors-Texture: Statistical. 'Computer Vision for Robotic systems . 2000. TBH Publishers.An introduction'. New York.. McGraw Hill Book Co. ‘Introduction to Robotics’. 6.. 1994. London.. Fourier Descriptors. TBH Publishers. Fairhust M.Sharpening Spatial filters-Introduction to Frequency and the Frequency Domain-Smoothing Frequency Domain Filters-Sharpening Frequency filters UNIT: III –Image Morphology and Segmentation Dilation and Erosion-Opening and Closing-Hit-or-Miss Transformation-Basic Morphological Algorithms-Detection of Discontinuities-Edge linking and Boundary detection-ThresholdingRegion based Segmentation-Use of Motion in Segmentation. Klafter. Prentice Hall. John Wiley & Sons. 1986. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 172 . Syntactic Recognition of Trees. String Matching. ISBN-0-07100534-X 7. USA. 4. Syntactic Recognition of Strings. ‘Robotics and Control’. Nikku. 'Robot Technology -Theory. New Jersey. Prentice Hall. Mithal.C. 'Robotics Engineering’. 'Robotics for Engineers'. 1988.Visual Perception-Image sensing and Acquisition-Image sampling and Quantization-Imaging Geometry. McDonald A. Structural and Spectral Approaches-Relational Descriptors UNIT: V –Object Recognition Patterns and Pattern Classes-Matching-Recognition based on Decision-Theoretic Methods: Optimum Statistical Classifiers-Structural Methods: Matching Shape Numbers. John J. UNIT: II – Image Enhancement in Spatial and Frequency Domain Basic Gray Level Transformations-Histogram Processing-Arithmetic and Logic OperationsSmoothing Spatial filters. Asada H.2. 1985. 1986. Prentice Hall. 8. & Slotine JJ.Basic relationships between pixels. ISBN – 81203 23793 9. Craig. 'Robot analysis & control’. 5. 'Introduction to Robotics. a K UNIT: IV –Image Representation and Description Representation Approaches-Boundary Descriptors: Shape Numbers. 1999.

Rafael C. ISBN-81-7808-087-7 2. ISBN-9-814-12620-9 EI322 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY Credit : 0:0:2 12 experiments will be notified by HOD from time to time a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Marks: 50+50 y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering 173 . Richard E.Woods “Digital Image Processing” Second Edition. John Wiley & Sons.K “Digital Image Processing.Reference Books 1. New York. Gonzalez. Pearson Education Asia 2002. 2002. 3rd ed.. W. Pratt.

AC current measurements . dynamometer calibration of voltmeters and ammeters . a K Unit-III : Electronic Analog Meter DC and AC voltmeters .ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS Code No.energy meter .harmonic distortion analyzer . Unit -IV : Digital Measurement Digital displacement transducers. Current. moving iron.Megger.differential voltmeters . EI234 EI235 EI236 EI237 EI238 EI239 EI240 EI241 EI242 EI243 EI323 EI324 EI325 EI326 Subject Name Measurement Systems Signal Conditioning Circuits Logic & Distributed control systems Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Electronic Circuits Analytical Instrumentation Networks & Protocols for Instrumentation & Control Data structures & Algorithms Optical Instrumentation Signals & Systems laboratory Distributed Control System and Networks Advanced Digital Process Control Transducer Engineering Artificial Intelligence and AI Programming Credit 3:1:0 3:1:0 40:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 0:0:2 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 EI234 MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Unit.calibration of energy meter & wattmeter.phase difference.powermeter . Kelvin. Unit-II : Measurement of RLC Whetstone. increment & absolute .Power measurement by three ammeter and three voltmeter method .Digital alpha numeric display .wave analyzer . Power and Energy Principles of operation of permanent magnet moving coil.spectrum analyzer correlator.Digital method of measuring displacement & velocity .induction type wattmeter .digital methods of measurement of frequency . Unit-V : CRO & Recorders Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40 + 60 .multimeters vector impedance meter . Maxwell.Review of signal sources -signal generator .KVA meters .I : Measurement of Voltage. Wien. Hay.Power factor meter .Q meter Potential transformer & current transformers . Anderson and Schering bridges .

Subtractor.First order second order transformations .723 general-purpose regulator Multiplying DC voltage . G. TMH.General purpose oscilloscope . UNIT –V :PLL:e Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40 + 60 . Unit. multiplier and divider.Low pass..W.Instrumentation amplifiers . G.U-V recorders .: “ Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments”. logarithmic converter. 1969..A. Woolvert. England.clipper and clamper sample and hold circuit. Bouwens.. Pitman. Differential Amplifier .Filters . A. 1986.IIIAmplifiers and Filters: Buffer Amplifier. Instrumentation Amplifier. UNIT . Dhanpat Rai & Sons.. Kalsi.C. 1998.CRT screen characteristics . "Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation". EI235 SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Unit-I : Operational Amplifier: Introduction Ideal OP AMP. differentiator. 2.time based and sweep trigger circuits synchronisation .555 Timers.AC characteristics. inverter and non -inverter. McGraw Hill.Isolation amplifiers . : “ Electrical Instruments and Measurements”. UNIT – IV Voltage Regulators and Multipliers: Series OP. Cidwell. 1988.Three amplifiers configuration . op-amp internal circuit. Golding. Peter peregrinvs Ltd.use of operational amplifier with capacitive displacement transducers..Monostable & Astable operation.precision rectifiers.sampling oscilloscope digital storage oscilloscope . 3.. 2. 4. 1982.moving coil recorders . and Widdis.AM modulation/demodulation SSB modulation/demodulation .frequency shifting. High pass.typical measurements using CRO . 1990.. F.AMP regulator . Text Book 1.IC voltage regulators . V to I converter . Adder.switched capacitor filters. comparators-applications. 3. Ernest O.vertical & horizontal amplifiers delay line .A.digital recording.X-Y plotters . W. Sawhney. integrator. Band pass and Band reject filter .DC characteristics. E.Passive and Active filters .IC741 opamp.C.. 1963. I to V converter . "Electronic Instrumentation " TMH. " Transducers is digital systems".frequency doubling . K. " Digital Instrumentation".J.charge amplifiers .II : Operational amplifier applications Scale changer..phase angle detection . Reference Books 1.state variable filter . Doeblin “Measurement Systems – Application & Design” McGraw – Hill Publishing company.

error.. EI236 LOGIC AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Unit-I : Review of Computers in Process Control Data loggers: Data acquisition systems (DAS): alarms. 2.data highways .applications of PLL: frequency multiplication division .frequency translation . Unit-II : Programmable Logic Controller(PLC) Basics Definition. Characteristics of digital data.redundancy concepts. 1992. 1991 Reference Books: 1. Digital Controller modes. computer control hierarchy levels.counter functions. 1986. Coughlin and Driscol.skip and MCR functions . a K Unit-III : PLC Intermediate Functions Arithmetic functions . Auxiliary commands and functions . Dailey. Prentice Hall of India Pvt.FM detection -FSK demodulation.design of inter locks and alarms using PLC.. " Linear Integrated Circuits". Prentice Hall of India Pvt. 1989..Low pass filter . Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain. Supervisory digital control (SCADA). Op amps & Linear Integrated Circuits.sequencer functions PLC Advanced functions: alternate-programming languages . Direct Digital control (DDC). William David Cooper and Albert D. 2.ISBN-81203-0807-7. 3. PLC Advanced intermediate functions. Denton J.monolithic PLL . " Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuit".building blocks ...overview of PLC systems .. General PLC programming procedures .operator stations . Text Books: 1.register basics .PHI III Edition.. derivative and composite controller modes.. Ltd.Ramkant Gaykwad.trouble shooting and maintenance . Wiley Eastern Ltd.AM detection . Controller software.operation. Ltd. PLC basic functions .utilizing digital bits .timer functions .Basic principles -phase detector and comparator: analog and digital ..: " Electronics Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques". " Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated Circuit".voltage controlled oscillator . Linearization. Unit-IV : Introduction to (DCS) Evolution of DCS .Input/ Output modules .number comparison functions . McGraw Hill. PLC-PID functions .Power supplies –ISO slots.creating ladder diagrams from process control descriptions. Helfrick.programming on-off outputs.detailed descriptions and functions of field control units .PLC installation . n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40 + 60 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .data move systems.processes with PLC . proportional.controlling a robot .

and Ash . Unit – II PROGRAMMING OF 8085: Instruction formats – Addressing modes – Instruction set – Need for assembly language programmes. a K Unit – IV INTERRUPTS AND DMA: Interrupt feature – Need for Interrupts – Characteristics of Interrupts – Interrupt structure – Methods of servicing Interrupts – Development of Interrupt service subroutines – Multiple Interrupt requests and their handling – Need for direct memory access – Devices for Handling DMA – Typical DMA Controller features.T.1986. M. ISA Press 1994.. John Webb. Krishna Kant. 1986.: “ Elements of process control applications” . 4. Data transfer schemes – Interfacing simple keyboards and LED displays. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co..H..supervisory computer tasks and configuration . New Jersey. ISA Press 1994. T. 1997.. Prentice hall Inc. EI237 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICRO CONTROLLERS Credit: 4: 0: 0 Unit – I Architecture of 8085 Microprocessor : Functional Block Diagram – Registers. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40 + 60 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .system integration with PLC and computers. W.: “ Distributed control systems”. Hughes. Communication in DCS. “ Programmable logic controllers”.R.DCS. New York . Mckloni. P. Ronald Reis. 2.: “ Computer based industrial control”..B. 3/e. A.Bus systems – Timing and control signals Machine cycles and timing diagrams. 3. 5.ALU. Unit – III I/O INTERFACING: Memory mapped I/O scheme – I/O mapped I/O scheme – Input and Output cycles _ Simple I/O ports – Programmable peripheral interface(8255)..Unit-V: Implementation of DCS DCS . 2. Prentice Hall India. phase angle and power factor – Interfacing ADC0801 A/D Converter –DAC 0800 D/As Converters... D. : “ Digital control devices” .: “Real time control networks” . ISA Press. 1995. Text Books: 1.P. Deshpande. Case studies in DCS. APPLICATIONS: Multiplexed seven segment LED display systems – Waveform generators – Stepper motor control – Measurement of frequency. Lukcas . ISA Press 1995. Reference Books: 1. 1.: “ Programmable logic controllers principles and applications”. Moore.

IMPACT Learning Material Series .I.Unit – V INTEL 8051 MICROCONTROLLER: Architecture of 8051 – Memory Organization – Addressing modes – Instruction set – Boolean processing – Simple programmes.Analysis at low.Need for voltage regulator – Series and Shunt regulators – Comparison – Current limiting and protection circuits Switched mode power supplies.Hall. Singh.fourth edition.PI Type. 8051 PERIPHERAL FUNCTIONS : 8051 interrupt structures – Timer and serial functions – Parallel port features : Modes of operations – Power control.Penram International. 3.calmping circuit theories. EI238 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit – I : Power Supplies Rectifiers – Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifiers .INTEL...Capacitor. Programming & Applications II Edition Kenneth J Ayala PRI ISBN 81-900828-4-1 References: nd 1. Unit – II : Wave Shaping Response of High Pass and Low Pass RC circuit for sinusoidal. 2. Attenuator – Introduction to pulse transformers Unit – III : Amplifier BJT and FET amplifiers – Cascaded BJT amplifiers – RC coupled amplifier. “Microprocessor Architecture : programming and Applications with the 8085 “.Average and RMS Value – Ripple Factor – Regulation –Rectification efficiency – Transformer Utility Factor – Filters _ Inductor.Applications – Nonlinear wave Shaping – Clipping and clamping circuits.Differntiator. Microcontroller Hand Book.Differential and Common mode gain – CMRR – Cascade and Darlington Amplifiers –Chopper Amplifiers. 2.Conversion efficienciesDivision of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it .2000.Ripple factor and regulation.step. Ramesh S. medium and high frequencies – BIFET amplifiers – DC amplifiers – Problems in DC amplifiers . Unit – IV : Power Amplifiers and Feed Back Amplifiers Power Amplifiers – Classification – Class A/B/C – Single ended and Push ended – Configuration – Power Dissipation and output power.pulse.P. The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture.1984.2 Edition.square. Douglas. 1992.New Delhi.”Microcontrollers and Their Applications “. features – Interfacing of 8051 – Typical applications – MCS 51 family features 8031/8051/8751 Text Books 1. L Type.Goankar.. V. Applications.McGraw Hill Inc.ramp and exponential inputs – Linear Wave Shaping – Integrator.IIT.1997. “Microprocessors and Interfacing Programming and Hardware”.

stability. Scanning electron microscope – Instrumentation. double beam spectrophotometers – sample handling techniques. Spectroscopy – single. Unit – IV Principles of X – ray fluorescence Spectrometry detection of X-rays and nuclear radiation ionization chamber – GM counter.Jacob Millman and Arvind Grabel. Boylestad L. distortion and bandwidth – Voltage and current feedback circuits Unit – V : Oscillators Barkhausen criteria – RC and LC oscillators – Frequency stability of oscillators – Crystal oscillators – Non-sinusoidal oscillators – Review of switching Characteristics of Transistor – Multivibrators. 1997 EI239 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0: 0 Unit I Basic principles of spectroscopy – emission and absorption of radiation – Introduction – UV – Visible Spectrometry – radiation sources – wave length selection – detectors. Thomas Floyd. scintillation Counter. Monoslable. 2003 3. New Delhi. Prentice hall of India.ESR spectroscopy basic principles – Instrumentation Techniques and applications. ‘Electronic Devices and Circuits’. David A Bell. 1998 2. Unit II Molecular Spectra – electronic. 2 nd edition. Prentice Hall of India. 2.’Integrated Electronics’.Class AB operation –Power FET(NMOS)Basic concepts of feedback amplifiers – Effect of negative feedback on input. 1993.Complementary symmetry power amplifiers. 1997. Astable and Schmitt trigger. Prentice hall of India. Text Books: 1. output resistances. “Electronic Devices”. Unit – V Electrochemical methods: Electrical conductivity of liquids – determination of pH – Principles of gas and liquid chromatography – Instrumentation and analysis. Unit – III Microwave spectroscopy – NMR.Bistable. Robert and Nashelsky Louis. Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40 + 60 . Jacob Millman and Halkias C. References: 1. gain. ‘Microelectronics’. Mc Graw hill. . rotational energies IR-absorption. 5 th reprint. New Delhi. Vibrational.. Mc Graw hill international edition . ‘Electronic Devices and Circuits’.

Individual OSI layers..field bus.NOS. Network Topologies. Unit – V: Local Area Networks: Circuit and packet switching.USB. Instrumental method of Analysis. Elseiver Publications.Internet work connections.485 interface standard .Data communication Instrumentation and Control. 1. Unit – III: Introduction to Protocols Flow control Protocols .SDLC.Network Architecture and Protocols. n u r a y i n U s r e v Marks: 40 + 60 y it for Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . west. Transmission Characteristics Data Coding. a K Text Book.Edwin Wright. Synchronous and Asynchronous systems. Anuradha Agencies. ASCII based protocols. UART. 2003 4. Arumugam M.BSC Protocols.422. Skoog. Serial interface converters . Practical Data Communications for Instrumentation and Control by John Park.OSI Analogy-example Unit – IV: Industrial Protocols Introduction. “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements”. Stallings W. “High speed Networks TCP/IP and ATM Design Principles “ PHI . Willard M. physical standards. Unit – II: Serial Communication Standards : Standards organizations . Communication modes.HART. Balanced and unbalanced transmission lines. and. I Edition ISBN 0750657979 Reference Books: 1.LAN Standards. “Principles of Instruments analysis.Ethernet.HDLC. 2. 2000. Behrouz A.” 3.modern instrumentation.Bits. The 20mA current loop. Communication principles. Prentice Hall of India.Steve Mackay.Interface to printers.Troubleshooting. Cromwell L.Text Books 1.423. 2.Allen Bradley Protocol. RS232. 2000 EI240 NETWORKS & PROTOCOLS FOR INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL Credit: 4: 0: 0 Unit – I: Introduction and Basic principles Protocols... Serial data communications interface standards..449.Modbus Protocols.Token bus.Bytes and characters.IEEE 488. “Biomedical Instrumentation”. Forouzan “ Data Communication and Networking” II Edition TMH. 1998.MAC.

Complexity of algorithms Unit II: Linear Data Structures Stacks – Array implementation of stacks – Conversion of infix expressions to polish notation – Parenthesis checking – Queues – Array implementation – Dequeues – Priority Queues – Linked list – Operation on linear list . Mohse J. Reference 1.Numerical Aperture Acceptance angle. – Fiber – Different types of Fiber – Propagation of light through different fibers –Types of losses – absorption losses – Scattering losses – dispersion Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . “ Introduction to Data Structures with Applications “ Mc RaHil 1988 2. “ Data Structures and problem solving using JAVA ‘ Addition Wesley 1988.Tenanbaum. 1998. Tremply and Sorenson .Insertion sort and Radix sort. “ Classic Data structures in C++” Addition Wesley . Text Books 1.EI241 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I: Introduction Simple data structures – Data structure operations – Algorithms . Prentice hall . Yedidyah Langsam.Link list implementation of stacks and queues – Circular list – Doubly linked list – List with header node – Applications – Dynamic Memory Management – Garbage collection – String Manipulation. Mark Allen weiss . SORTING : Bubble sort.”Data structures using C and C++”.Random. Unit – V : File Structures Definitions and Concepts – File Orgaization – Sequential. Unit – IV : Searching Linear search – Binary search – Search Trees – B-Trees – Tries structure – Hash table methods – Collison resolution techniques. Unit – III Trees – Definition – Binary Trees – Operations on Binary trees – Storage representations – Application of trees – Manipulation of Arithmetic expressions – Huffman’s Algorithm.Augustin And Aaron M.linked organization – Inverted files – Virtual memory – VSAN files –Multi Key Access – Multi list organization. Timothy A Bud. 2.Quick sort – Binary tree sorts.1997.Heap sort. . a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI242 OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION Marks: 40 + 60 Credit: 4: 0: 0 Unit I Introduction to Fiber optics Total internal reflection – refractive index.

UNIT: II – The Data Link Layer Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . Monte Ross. Temperature .” Industrial lasers and their applications “.K and Thiagarajar K. McGraw Hill. Strain Unit III Laser Fundamentals: Basic properties of Lasers. Senior J M . acceleration. John F Read . APD. 1995 5. McGraw Hill. photo transistor . Ghatak A. 1978 2. Melting and trimming of materials Unit V Holography and Medical Applications Holography – Basic principles – Methods – Recording and reconstruction – Applications – Non Destructive testing _ Medical Application of Laser – Laser instrumentation For Surgery Text Books : 1. Velocity. Liquid Level . Jasprit Singh . “ Industrial applications of Lasers. McGraw Hill .TMH. Voltage . 1968 3. “ Optical Fiber Communication principles and practice “. Optical electronics foundation book . Length . 1991 4. Academic press. John & Harry . Prentice Hall 1985 Reference Books: 1. Current .Unit II Fiber optics Instrumentation and application Fiber optics Instrumentation system – optical sources – LED . Keiser G. McGraw Hill. photo diode .Fiber optics sensors – Measurement of pressure . welding . LD – Optical detector – PIN.1991 Credit: 0: 0:2 a K n u r EI243 SIGNALS & SYSTEMS LABORATORY Marks: 50 + 50 a y i n U s r e v y it 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI323 DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM AND NETWORKS Marks: 40+60 Credit: 4:0:0 UNIT: I –Introduction to Computer Networks Uses of Computer networks – Network hardware – Network software – Example networks – Guided transmission media – Public switched telephone network. Semiconductor opto electronics .Threshold condition – Laser rate equation –three level systems – types of Lasers – Gas Lasers. Optical Fiber Communication. Laser applications. current and voltage – material processing – Laser Heating . New Delhi.Solid Laser – Semiconductor Lasers – Liquid Laser Unit IV Industrial Apllication of Lasers: Laser for measurement of distance. 1974 2.

Reference Books 1.. 4.Study of anyone popular DCS available in market .Routers .Linear transformation.Pulse transfer function-Modified Ztransform.Bridges . Practical Data Communications for Instrumentation Ana Control.. TCP/IPInternetworking.BISYNC . Binder Z and Perret R.Standard ETHERNET and ARCNET configuration – Special requirement for networks used for control.Open industrial Field bus and DeviceNet Systems UNIT: V -Distributed Control Systems Evolution .Factors to be considered in selecting DCS .Jury’s Stability test Unit: II -Design of Digital Controller n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI324 ADVANCED DIGITAL PROCESS CONTROL Marks: 40+60 Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .CSMA/ CDMA. Cole Publishing Company.Case studies in DCS. Third Edition.S. 1983 ISBN 0080299911 3. 2001 ISBN 8130311655 2.Command/response . 2003. 2001 ISBN 053495054-X a K Credit: 3:1:0 Unit: I -Introduction to Computer Process Control Review of sample theory-Response of sample data system to step and ramp input.HDLC Media Access protocol . Tanenbaum.Gateways .data link layerapplication layer.Local control unit . A. Elsevier Publications. Franklin Book Co.Open system interconnection model of OSI -Sliding window protocols.Different architectures .Open system with bridge configuration Open system with gateway configuration .Example data link protocols UNIT: I11 -Data Network Fundamentals Network hierarchy and switching . A division of Thomson Learning.Sample data model for continuous system bilinear transformation. UNIT: IV – Hart and Field Bus Introduction to HART and smart instrumentation-HART – Physical layer.steady state error-Z domain equipment.Data link layer design issues – Error detection and Correction – Elementary data link protocols. Components and Instruments for Distributed Control System.Typical specification for a rosemount transmitter.Data link control protocol . John Park.DisplaysEngineering interface-alarms and alarm management-DCS Case study. Prentice-Hall of India. Understanding Data Communications and networks.Token passing .Operator interface .SDLC . William A Shay. Computer Networks.

Lamont G.synchros as position transducer-induction potentiometer-variable reluctance accelerometer. and Ash R. Digital Control Systems . level process Reference Books 1 Despande P.Interfacing of stepper motor to computer. 2000 ISBN 1556177291 Credit : 4:0:0 a K Unit I : Generalized Characteristics Of Transducers Introduction-static characteristics-dynamic characteristics-frequency response of first order transducer.Digital PID –Deadbeat.H. HughesT.Power supplies General PLC programming procedures-Programming ON-OFF outputs.Annunciator problem-Trouble shooting and maintenance Unit: V -Applications Implementation of microprocessor based position and temperature control systemsOperational features of stepping motor.Overview of PLC systems.Dahlin’s algorithms-Kalman’s algorithms-Implementation of control algorithm using microprocessor.B.Theory.PLC basic functionsRegister basics-Timer and counter functions Unit: IV -PLC Intermediate Functions Arithmetic functions.Comparison function-SKIP and MCR function-Data move system-PLC advanced intermediate function. 1988 ISBN 155617005X 2 Houpis C.Interfacing of computer with temperature flow.Drive circuits. ISBN 0070305005 3. ISA Press. Hardware.B. McGraw Hill Book Co.Three way traffic light problem.frequency response of second order transducer-higher order transducer-procedure to determine the constants and transfer function of a system Unit II : Resistance and Inductance Transducer Basic principle-potentiometer-resistance strain gauge-measurement of torque-stress measurement on rotating members-semi conductor strain gauges-contact pressure-humidity measurement-light...Matrix functions...Position and Velocity forms-Dead time compensation and smith predictor algorithm Unit: III -Programmable Logic Controller Introduction.Alternate programming language.B. Programmable Logic Controllers.Utilizing digital bits. Basic principle-linear variable differential transformer-LVDT equations-RVDT-application of LVDT-LVDT pressure transducer-synchros.Analog PLC operation.PLC advanced function.PLC installation.Networking of PLC.Design of interlocks and alarms using PLC.Auxiliary commands and functions.A. Kuo.H.Creating ladder diagrams from process control descriptions. ISA Publication.microsyn n u r EI325 TRANSDUCER ENGINEERING Marks:40+60 a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .Sequencer functions.I/O Modules. Computer Process Control. 1991 ISBN 0030128846 4. Digital Control Systems. 1991. USA. Software. Oxford University Press.

fourth edition. Study of further specific areas of artificial intelligence. General introduction to artificial intelligence. Interacting Agent Based Systems Unit IV Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks:40+60 .modes of deformation-general form of piezoelectric transducersgeneral form of piezoelectric transducers-environmental effects Unit IV : Magnetic sensors Introduction. rule based systems. Allied publishers limited.O. Unit II Demonstration of the need for different approaches for different problems.ISBN-81-203-2198-7 EI326 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND AI PROGRAMMING Credit : 3:1:0 Unit I Fundamentals of AI techniques in a practical context.converters-compensationdata communication. hillclimbing.. Dr. the roots.Singapore.film sensors-thick film and thin film sensors. 2003 . Overview of key underlying ideas. common techniques. Unit V : Smart sensor and recent trends in sensor technologies Introduction.1999 3. processes involved in rule-based Expert Systems and in building such systems. Biological Intelligence and Neural Networks. Introduction-material for piezoelectric transducer-equivalent circuit of a piezoelectric crystalpiezoelectric coefficients.Renganathan.’Sensors and Transducers’. their differences.amplification. ’Measurement system’. its techniques.S.PHI. heuristic functions. and limitations. etc. Study of different types of AI systems.equibardifferential pressure transducer-feedback type capacitance proximity pickup-condenser microphone-pulse width modulating circuit.standards for smart sensor interface. and learning.primary sensor. Application of simple search algorithms (depth/breadth-first.1990 2. Unit III Importance of learning in intelligent systems.sensors Reference Books 1.sensors and the principles-magneto resistive sensors-hall effect and sensorinductance and eddy current sensors-angular movement transducer-electromagnetic flow meter-switching magnetic sensor-SQUID sensor. search. goals and main sub-fields of AI..Unit III : Capacitance and Piezoelectric Transducers Basic principle-capacitance displacement transducer. ’Transducer Engineering’. E.excitation. knowledge representation. and its implementation.filters. Building Intelligent Agents. McGraw Hill.D.nano. Partranabis. Doebelin.MEMS-micro machining.).

assignments. (2nd edn). 2003 2. variables. Prentice Hall. “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach” (2nd edn). Eastern. 2000 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Division of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . comments. printing. 1998 4. pattern matching Conditionals. Dan W. “Artificial Intelligence”.Introduction to general procedural and functional programming techniques as well as basic AI programming styles (Poplog. arithmetic operators Stack and stack errors. Planning Expert Systems. “Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis”. procedures. Pop-11 Data types. S Russell & P Norvig. “AI & Expert Systems”. iteration Advanced list manipulation and pattern matching techniques. databases and the implementation of search strategies. Patterson. Natural Language Processing. Machine Learning Reference Books 1. grammar and parsing. 1991 3. Knowledge Representation. Online tutorial material. built-in procedures List manipulation. supporting program libraries 5. Morgan Kaufmann. McGraw Hill. Economy Edition. E Rich & K Knight. Recursion Unit V More advanced programming techniques involving . Networks and Frames. N J Nilsson. planning and rule-based reasoning. XVed. Uncertainty.

Level sensor selection and application. venturi tubes. capacitance and RF probes: radiation. positive displacement flowmeters. Networks and Protocols Credit 4:0:0 3:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 0:0:2 4:0:0 0:0:2 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 EI244 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Flow Measurements Introduction . radar and vibrating type level sensors . float level devices. ultrasonic flowmeters. conductivity.definitions and units. Vortex flowmeters. purge flow regulators. cross correlation flowmeters. Laser Doppler anemometer (LDA).: Resistance.classification of flowmeters . constant torque hysteresis clutch. displaced level detectors.pitot tubes. microwave. turbine and other rotary element flowmeters. diaphragm and differential pressure detectors.flowmeter selection and application. Measurement of mass flow rate: Radiation. impeller turbine. Unit III : Flowmeters And Level Measurements Target flowmeters: V-cone flowmeters. variable area flowmeters.ultrasonic. thermal . flow switches. Level measurement: Introduction. flow nozzles. field effect. gyroscopic and heat transfer type mass flow meters. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it .ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS Subject Code EI244 EI245 EI246 EI247 EI248 EI249 EI327 EI328 EI329 EI330 EI331 EI332 EI333 EI334 EI335 EI336 EI337 EI338 EI339 Subject Name Industrial Instrumentation Instrumentation and Control Systems Process Dynamics and Control Sensors and Transducers Communication Engineering Instrumentation and Process Control Transducer Engineering Robotics and Automation Advanced Micro Controllers Advanced Digital Signal Processor Modeling of Physiological Systems Medical diagnostic and Therapeutic Laboratory Communication Theory and Telemetry Digital Design Lab Bio-Materials Computer aided Instrumentation Medical Instrumentation Anatomy and Physiology Data Communication. hot wire / hot film anemometer. twin turbine. angular momentum. flow tubes. electromagnetic flowmeters. rotating paddle switches. coriolis. orifice meters. Unit II : Anemometers And Flow Meters Mechanical anemometers. flowmeter calibration concepts. Doppler.

. ISA publication. generalized measurement system. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation. Noltingk. Flow measurement.Transmitters: Introduction.1996. acceleration – vibrometer. Smart and intelligent flowmeters.. Liptak.M. pyrometer and thermistors. UNIT II Measurement of displacement..O. 3. fourth edition McGraw Hill International. Explosion hazards and intrinsic safety. New Delhi. Ltd.. EI245 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM Credit: 3:0:0 Marks: 40+60 a K UNIT I General Concepts of Mechanical Instrumentation.G. Patranabis.: “ Measurement Systems Application and Design” . Precision and accuracy. Anderew. pressure cells. 2. magnetic flow meter.1978. resistance thermometer. recorders and integrators – their working principles. W. instrument drivers. basics of circuit layout and grounding interface. 3. interface coupling mechanism. frequency. Reference Books 1. personal computers for DAS and instrument control.. IV edition Chilton Book company 1995. McGraw Hill 1985. 2.advanced NDT techniques ... Electrical and intrinsic safety. II edition Butterworth Heinemann. windows in data acquisition. Other smart and intelligent measurement systems. “Practical guides for measurement and control” .E. Considine. Second Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Integration of intelligent transmitters into knowledge based process management systems. B. Doebelin. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . accelerometer etc. speed. features of smart and intelligent transmitters. parts of the system. NEMA types: personnel safety. pressure and differential pressure transmitters. Unit V : Virtual Instrumentation And EMC Virtual instrumentation: Definition. Hot-wire anemometer.: “Instrumentation reference book”. 4. 1997 ISBN 0074623346. strain gauge. terminology. calibration. D.: “Process measurement & analysis” . 1991. Temperature measurement: Bimetallic. thermocouples. EMC: Introduction.enclosures. measurement of high and low pressure.G. B. : “Applied instrumentation In process industries” . Measurement of error and analysis.a survey VolI Gulf Publishing company. Smart and Intelligent temperature. 4. elastic transducers. ultrasonic flow meter. E. filtering and shielding. Pressure measurement: bourdon.: “Process instruments and control & handbook". Classification of instruments as indicators. National Instruments LabView Manual. Text Books 1. D.Unit IV : Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) Introduction: Various methods for NDT .

A.Nichol's tuning .V. integral and derivative modes . ‘Electrical and Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation’. servomechanisms.Characteristics of liquid system. and hydraulic and pneumatic control systems. flow process. EI246 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL Credit: 4: 0: 0 UNIT I : Process dynamics Elements of process control . Dhanpat Rai & Co. and Gopal.J. routh stability criterion.Auto . 3. dew point meter. signal flow graphs. 1993. 2. Narosa Publishing House. C. Collet.Self regulation. UNIT V Time response of first order and second order systems. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . thermal system . temperature compensation. UNIT III : Optimum controller settings Tuning of controllers by process reaction curve method . I.1/4 decay ratio .Ziegler . wheat stone bridge circuit.cascade control .composite control modes .. New Delhi. Strain: strain gauges. proportional control. Wiley Eastern Limited. concept of stability. ‘Engineering Measurements’. and Hope. a K UNIT II : Basic control actions Characteristics of on-off. Maragoni.Roy D. A.Mathematical model of liquid process. types. 1991. transfer functions. ELBS. differential and integral control. gas process. simple problems.multivariable control. gauge rosettes calibration.Batch process and continuous process . RBA Publications. electrical torsion meter. proportional. necessary condition for stability. UNIT IV Control Systems: Open and closed systems. ‘Mechanical Measurements’. damped oscillation method ..continuous cycling method.Selection of control mode for different processes Typical control schemes for level. Simple problems. 2nd Ed.D. Thomas G Beckwith.averaging control . mixing process .PI. pressure and temperature. PD and PID control modes . block diagram algebra. Sawhney. Nagoor Kani. Text Books: 1. efflux viscometer.UNIT III Viscosity: capillary tube viscometer. flow. A.. Lewis Buck.Integral windup ..degrees of freedom . 2.K.manual transfer . Reference Books: 1. humidity: absorption hydrometer. ‘Control Systems’. Nagrath. M. 1989. N. ‘Control Systems Engineering’. 1998 (For Units IV & V). Force measurement: scales and torque measurement: mechanical torsion meter.. single -speed floating control. Twoway control.Ratio control .process variables . thermal process. gas system.feed Forward control .

area of platesdistance between plates. Wiley Eastern. Thermocouple – Compensation circuits – junction and lead compensation. George Stephanopoulos. 2. UNIT . and Koppel.1985. 3. Patranabis. 2. TMH.: “Process control” .UNIT IV : I/P and P/I converters Pneumatic and electric actuators . Merits. Characteristics of Instruments – Static and Dynamic. Classification of Instruments –Deflection and Null Type. Generalized Measurement System. Coughanoner. TMH 1991.reflux ratio control of chemical reactor .valve positioner .1996. TMH 1981. Thermistors – characteristics.valve body . variable reluctance accelerometer. Induction potentiometer. Noise in potentiometer.drum level control and combustion. Non-linear Potentiometer. Prentice Hall. Linearity. : “ Process control instrumentation technology” . EI247 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT .variation of dielectric constants. Curtis Johnson. Methods of Measurements – Direct and Indirect Methods.control valve sizing . frequency response. Resistance thermometer.active and passive transducer-Inverse transducer.I: Science of Measurement Measurement systems – Significance of Measurements. New Delhi 1999 ISBN 8120306651 Reference Books: 1. : “ Process systems analysis and control” . Types of errors. Resolution. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering ..III : Resistance and Inductance Transducer Resistance Transducer-Basic principle. RVDT. a K UNIT . “ Automatic process control” .: “ Principles of process control”.II: Classification and Characteristics of Transducer Transducer – Definition.IV : Capacitance and Piezoelectric Transducer Capacitance Transducer – Basic principle.. Eckman.. transducers using change in . microsyn. Prentice Hall Of India.globe. Linear variable differential transformer. diaphragm ball valves . D.Basic principle.control of heat exchangers . merits and demerits. Resistance strain gauge – Types. Inductance Transducer:. Factors influencing choice of transducer. flashing in control valves UNIT V : Applications Distillation column . Error analysis..control of top and bottom product compositions . Synchro.control valve . Chemical Process Control: An Introduction Theory and practice. UNIT . 3. Classification of Transducer – analog and digital transducerprimary and secondary transducer. Characteristics and choice of transducer. D. butterfly. Peter Harriot.. Units and Standards.P. Potentiometer – Loading effects.Characteristics of control valve . Text Books: 1.Cavitation.steam boiler . D.

Sources and Types of noise Unit III: Digital Communication Systems PAM. sound sensors. Prentice Hall of India LTD. E.demerits and uses. “Electronic Communication”.Principle of AM. digital speed transducer. Hall effect transducer. FSK – ASK . Doebelin. Renganathan “Transducer Engineering” – Allied publishers Limited. 1999.TV signals – TV receivers – Color TV -Introduction to Satellite communication (Basic block diagram) – Introduction to cellular communication (Basic Concept) Text Books 1. Prentice Hall of India LTD. “Measurement Systems Application and Design”. R. A. PCM – delta modulation – differential PCM – merits and demerits – comparison of pulse modulation schemes. 2. Introduction to smart sensors. properties of piezoelectric crystals.modulation index – signal power –DSBSC-SSBSC Unit II: Transmitters and Receivers AM and FM transmitters and receivers – Am and FM demodulation – Comparison of AM.Error detection and correction – Multiplexing introduction – TDM & FDM a K Unit V: Facsimile & Television Facsimile. William Scheweber.Basic principle. McGraw Hill International.O. 2000. loading effects. frequency response and impulse response uses. PDM. velocity transducer. chemical sensor – PH sensor.PSK Unit IV: Data Transmission Twisted pair and coaxial cables – Fiber optics – Sources and detectors – Fiber optic Complete system . Text Books: 1. fourth edition. S.Modem functions – RS232 operation .Analog to digital converters (Successive approximation type. PPM. Mode of operation. 2. FM and PM – Noise – Effects of noise. Sawhney “A course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation” – Dhanpat Rai & Co. Piezoelectric transducer. 1978. EI248 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Credit: 4: 0: 0 Unit I: Radio Communication Systems Need for Modulation . optical encoder. 2004 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .. vibration sensors – seismic transducer. 3.. Roody and Coolen .. 4th Edition. “Electronic Communication Systems”. 4th Edition.K. UNIT ..2R type).V : Digital and other Miscellaneous sensors Digital Transducer – shaft encoder. 1999.. FM and PM – basics of AM . (Pvt) Ltd.

Reference Books 1. Kennedy G, “Electronic Communication Systems”, McGraw-Hill, 4th Edition,1987. 2. Simon Haykins, “Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley,Inc., 1995. 3. Bruce Carlson. A “Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw – Hill 1986. 4. Taub and Schilling “Principles of Communication Systems”, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill , 1987. 5. Anoksingh, “Principles of Communication Engineering”, S.Chand and Company Ltd., First edition, 2001.

EI249 INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL Credit : 4:0:0

Unit I: Introduction to Process control System – steady state design – process control – process control block diagram – definition of a process, measurement, controller, and control element, loop – damped and cyclic response- feedback control – transient responses – laplace transform – transforms of simple functions – step function, exponential function, ramp function and sine function. Unit II: Control systems Open and closed loop systems, servo- mechanisms, hydraulic and pneumatic control systems, two-way control, proportional control, differential control and intergral control. Control valve – Construction and working of pneumatically operated valve and spring – diaphragm actuator Unit III Signal flow graph – Mason’s Gain formula, Block diagram algebra. Stability – concept of stability, definition of stability in a linear system, stability criterion, characteristic equation, Routh test for stability Unit IV: Pressure and Temperature sensors Pressure measurement – Construction and working of capacitive pressure sensor, Inductive pressure sensor, strain gauge, pressure sensor, diaphragm, bourdon tube, differential pressure cell Temperature sensors –Construction and working of RTD, Thermistors, Thermocouples, bimetallic strips Unit V: Level sensor – Simple float systems, capacitive sensing element, radioactive methods (nucleonic level sensing) – ultrasonic level sensor. Measurement of density – U-type densitometer, Buoyancy meter Measurement of composition – Electrical conductivity cell, non-dispersive photometers, pH meter, Zirconia oxygen analyser, dumbbell O2 analyser, Gas chromatograph, Mass spectrometer

a K

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

Marks (40+60)

y it

Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

Text Books: 1. J.F Richardson A D.G.Peacock, Coulson & Richardson’s “ Chemical Engineering”, Volume 3,(Chemical and Biochemical reactors and process control) Butherworth – Heinemann, an imprint of Elsevier ,2006. 2. Nagrath, M and Gopal, I.J, “Control Systems Engineering”, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1991. References: 1. Donald R. Coughanowr., “Process System analysis and control” Mc- Graw Hill International Edition , Second Edition, 1991. 2. Nagoor kani.A “Control Systems”, RBA publications, 1998.

EI327 TRANSDUCER ENGINEERING Credit:4:0:0

Unit I : Generalized Characteristics of Transducers Introduction-static characteristics-dynamic characteristics-frequency response of first order transducer-higher order transducer –procedure to determine the constants and transfer function of a system. Unit II :Resistance and Inductance Transducer Basic principle-potentiometer –resistance strain gauge –measurement of torque –stress measurement on rotating members – semi conductor strain gauges-contact pressurehumidity measurement-light. Basic principles –linear variable differential transformer- LVDT equations-RVDTapplication of LVDT- LVDT pressure transducer – synchros as position transducer – induction potentiometer – variable reluctance accelerometer –microsyn. Unit III: Capacitance and Piezoelectric Transducers Basic principle – capacitance displacement transducer-equibar –differential pressure transducer – feedback type capacitance proximity pickup-condenser microphone-pulse width modulating circuit. Introduction –material for piezoelectric transducer-equivalent circuit of a piezoelectric crystal –piezoelectric coefficients – modes of deformation – general form of piezoelectric –transducers –general form of piezoelectric transducers-environmental effects.

a K

Unit IV: Magnetic Sensors Introduction – sensors and the principles – magneto resistive sensors – hall effect and sensors –inductance and eddy current sensors –angular movement transducerelectromagnetic flow meter – switching magnetic sensors- SQUID sensor. Unit V: Amplifiers Design of low noise pre amplifiers- Isolation amplifier- exlaraction of signab – lock in amplifier – boxcar integrators- high gain operational amplifiers-chopper stablised amplifiers – gain control amplifiers – log and antilog amplifiers.

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

y it

Marks: 40+60

Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

Reference Books: 1. L.A.Geddes & L.F.Baker, “Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation”, John Wiley and sons Inc,1989. 2. Webster, “Medical Instrumentation – Application & Design”, 2 ed, John Wiley and sons Inc, 1999. 3. Doebelin,E.O, “Measurement System”, McGraw Hill, IV ed,Singapore,1990. 4. Dr.S.Ranganathan, “Transducer Engineering”, Allied Publishers Limited, 1999. 5. Partranabis.D., “Sensors and Transducers”, PHI, 2003, ISBN-81-203-2198-7.

EI328 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION Credit:4:0:0

Unit I : Review of basic concepts Definition and origin of robotics-classification of robots-degrees of freedom-basic components of a robot -Sensors: velocity sensors, position sensors, force and tactile sensors, range and proximity sensor, machine vision -Grippers: Types of grippers, gripper mechanisms-hydraulic pneumatic and electric drives. Unit II: Manipulator Kinematics Direct Kinematics: Kinematic modeling of a manipulator-Denavit Hartenberg notation – Kinematic relationship between adjacent links- Manipulator transformation matrixkinematic model of two link planar, cylindrical arm and articulated arm robots Inverse Kinematics: Manipulator workspace – solvability of inverse kinematic model – Solution Techniques- closed form solution. Unit III : Manipulator Dynamics Lagrangian mechanics- Lagrange –Euler formulation, Newton Euler formulation Unit IV : Robot programming Non textual programming- textual programming: robot languages, VAL system and language-VAL palletizing program, VAL pick and place program –Requirements of robot programming languages. Unit V Robots in manufacturing industries, fuzzy logic for robotics

a K

Reference Books 1. Groover M.P, Weiss M, Nagel R.N, Odrey N.G, ‘Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications, McGraw Hill,1986. 2. John J. Craig , ‘Introduction to Robotics, Mechanics and Control’, Addison – Wesley Publishing Co, 1999, I edition. 3. Koren Y., ‘Robotics for Engineers’, McGraw Hill Book Co.,USA,1985 4. Klafter,’ Robotic Engineering’. Prentice Hall,1994 5. Nikku,;Introduction to Robotics ;, TBH Publishers,2000. 6. Mithal,’ Robotics and control’, TBH Publishers, 2003. 7. David Ardayfio, Fundamentals of Robotics “, Marcel Dekker, Inc,1987.

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

Marks: 40+60

y it

Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

EI329 ADVANCED MICRO CONTROLLERS Credit: 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60

Unit I: Intel 8051 Architecture of 8051 – Memory Organization- Register Banks – Bit addressable area – SFR area – Addressing modes – Instruction set – programming examples.

Unit II: 8051 Interrupt structure – Timer modules – serial port features – port structure- power saving modes – MCS51 Family features: 8031/8051/8751. Unit III : 8096 Controller Architecture of 8096 – Modes – Block diagrams of Interrupt structure – Timers – High Speed Input and outputs – PWM output- serial ports.

Unit IV High Performance RISC Architecture: ARM The ARM architecture – ARM organization and implementation- The ARM instruction set – The thumb instruction set – Basic ARM assembly language program – ARM CPU cores. Unit V: PIC Micro Controller CPU Architecture – Instruction set – Interrupts – Timers –Memory- I/O port expansion – I2C bus for peripheral chip access- A/D converter – UART. Text Books 1. “8-bit Embedded Controllers”, Intel Corporation, 1990. 2. Steave Furber,” ARM system – on –chip architecture” Addison Wesley, 2000. 3. John.B.Peatman,” Design with PIC Micro Controller “, Pearson Education, 2003. 4. Kenneth- J.Ayala “ The 8051 micro controller architecture, Programming and Applications” Penram International Publishing, 1996. References 1. Daniel Tabak, “Advanced Microprocessors” McGraw Hill., 1995. 2. James L.Antonakos, “The Pentium Microprocessor” Pearson Education, 1997. 3. James L.Antonakos, “An Introduction to the Intel family of Microprocessor “ Pearson Education, 1999. 4. Barry B.Breg, “The Intel Microprocessors Architecture, Programming and Interfacing” PHI, 2002. 5. “16-bit Embedded Controllers Handbook”, Intel Corporation, 1989. 6. John.B.Peatman,” Design with Micro Controller “,Mc Graw Hill Singapore 1988.

a K

n u r

a y

i n U

s r e v

y it

Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering

Unit III: Architecture of TMS320C5X Introduction – Bus Structure. Causality and stability of discrete time systems-Z Transform -Advantages of Digital Signal Processing -DSP in the sample and transform domain-Fast Fourier Transform.Convolution and Inverse Filtering-Sampling theorem and discrete time system. TMH 2003.Central Arithmetic Logic Unit-Auxiliary Register ALU – Index Register-Auxiliary Register Compare Register-Block Move Address RegisterBlock Repeat Registers-Parallel Logic Unit -Memory –Mapped Registers-Program controller-Some Flags in the status Registers-On-Chip Memory-On –Chip Peripherals Unit IV: TMS320C5X Assembly Language Instructions and Instruction Pipelining in C5X Assembly Language Syntax-Addressing Modes.Multiported Memory.Linearity. shift invariance.Load / Store Instructions-Addition/ Subtraction Instructions -Move Instructions -Multiplication Instructions. B. biomedical reactions pneumatic transport.Ifeachor. Unit V: Application Programs in C5X ‘C50-based DSP starter Kit-Programs for familiarization of the addressing modesprogram for familiarization of Arithmetic Instructions -Programs in C5X for Processing Real Time Signals Text Books: 1.Multirate Signal Processing-Discrete Wavelet transform-Adaptive Filters Unit II: Introduction to Programmable DSPs Multiplier and Multiplier Accumulator.Multiple Access Memory. Emmanuel C. Control – Blood flow.Credit: 3:1:0 EI330 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR Marks: 40+60 Unit I :Overview of Digital Signal Processing and Applications Signals and their Origin.VLIW Architecture –Pipelining –Special Addressing Modes in P-DSPs-On-Chip Peripherals.MODELLING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS Credits:4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 Unit I Physiological processes and principles of their control.digestion energy Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .Venkataramani & M.The NORM Instruction-Program Control Instruction -Peripheral Control-Pipeline Structure-Pipeline operation. Barrie W. Texas Instruments “ User guide TMS 320C50”.Normal pipeline operation. Ultra filtration. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI331. Jeruis .Bhaskar. 2. a K Reference Book: 1.” Digital Signal Processing – A paractical approach” Addison Wesley 1993.Digital Filters.Modified Bus structures and Memory Access schemes in P-DSPs. “Digital Signal Processor”. gas exchange.

principles of open loop and feedback systems. models of heat transfer between subsystems of human body like skin core. Unit IV: Ultra Filtration System Transport through cells and tubules. 2002. Unit III: Respiratory System Modelling oxygen uptake by RBC and pulmonary capillaries. introduction to various process controls like cardiac rate.modelling bones. 2002.Z. David. computer aided modelling .diffusion and active transport. “ Non linear Dynamic Modelling of Physiological System”. Gas transport mechanisms of lungs. References: 1. blood pressure. methods of waste removal. Vasilis. stress propagation in bones. Biochemistry of digestion. types of heat loss from body. Unit V: Modelling Body Dynamics Principles of mechanical properties of bones. tissues . “ Biomedical Engineering Principles” Marcel Deeker Pub. 2. 1976. diffusion. modelling Henle’s loop. Mass balancing by lungs. O . Co. oxygen and carbon dioxide transport in blood and tissues.Cooney. facilitated . Cobelli. control system model.utilization and waste disposal. Carson. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI332 MEDICAL DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPEUTIC LABORATORY Marks: 50+50 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time Credit:0:0:2 Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . Academic Pr. electrical analogues. techniques for system response of characterization Principles of Modelling Mathematical approach. John Wiley & Sons. Current Trends Pharmacokinetic modelling illustrated with example like drug diffusion.Mararelis. Text Book: 1. respiratory rate. : “Introduction of Modelling in Physiology and Medicine “. Hills model of muscle mechanism. counter current model of urine formation in nephron. systems within body and body-environment. Linear and non-linear control systems. blood glucose regulation electrical model of neural control mechanism Unit II: Modelling of Human Thermal Regulatory system Parameters involved.

E. 3.Patranabis. comparison of AM . SSB and CW demodulation. PLL. modulation index. Digital multiplexer – differential PCM.polynomial filters active filters. Measurement Systems-Applications and Design. Unit II Introduction to telemetry principles. transmitters. concept of frequency modulation. AM demodulation. AM features and drawbacks. 1999. Tata McGraw Hill . Taub and Schilling. Unit IV Modems.EI333COMMUNICATION THEORY AND TELEMETRY Credit: 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 Unit I Noise and its effects. Unit III Frequency division multiplex system: IRIG standards-FM and PM circuits.time function pulse – modulation codes –Interference – error rate.1990. “ Principles of Communication”.wave guide componentswireless telemetry Unit V Antennas: Dipoles-arrays-current distribution and design considerations-microwave antennas.D. the roll of the receiver. 2. SSB. Third Edition Prentice – Hall International. Wave propagation – filters. FM demodulation. Second Edition. basis of AM.McGraw hill. Bits and symbols. Time Division multiplex system: TDM-PAM – PCM system. FM receivers. phase modulation. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI334 DIGITAL DESIGN LAB Marks: 50+50 Credit : 0:0:2 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering .1999 a K Reference Books 1. sources and types of noise. signals theorems. “Electronic Communication Systems.The basic system – classification – non –electrical and electrical telemetry – local transmitters and converters.probability of error.Microwave line. Doeblin.Transmitters and receivers –transmission lines – RF line. and signal power. FM and PM. FM spectrum and bandwidth. 1999. D. receiver techniques and stages.exponential Fourier series – amplitude frequency –phase modulations. Telemetry Principles.universal filters – switched capacitor filters.Quadrature amplitude modulators – Modem protocols.A complete course”. receiver functions. Tata McGraw Hill. Text Book William Schweber.digital filters. need for modulation. New Delhi.

Unit III Interplay of physiochemical properties of polymeric materials and the design of biomedical devices. B. “Principle of Tissues Engineering”. 3. Robert P.absorbable tissues and soft tissues replacement as well as discussion of tissue – body and blood response to implants. Interaction of materials with the biological environment. a K Credits:4:0:0 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI336 COMPUTER AIDED INSTRUMENTATION Marks: 40+60 Unit I Data Acquisition and conversion – introduction – signal conditioning of the inputs. Parry. Jonathan Black. Academic press. 2. Unit IV Biomaterials used in tissues replacement – absorbable and non. 2000 4.single & multi channel DAS – data conversion – A/D & D/A converters – multiplexers – sample and hold circuits. Wiley series. Reference: books: 1.ceramics – polymer composites and materials of biological origin Unit II The histology of normal tissues – the pathology of abnormal tissues and tissues reaction to implanted materials . Julian H. Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . “Biomaterials Sciences – An Introduction to Materials in Medicine”. Unit V Medical and bioengineering aspects of artificial hearts and cardiac assist devicesphysiology and pathological aspects of patient with need for such devices.Lanza. “Biocompatibility Assessment of Medical Devices and Materials”. 1996. The use of metal and ceramic based biomaterials for the replacement of hard tissue in orthopedic and dental applications.EI335 BIO MATERIALS Credits:4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 Unit I Introduction to the study of the structure and properties of the main classes of materials used in medical devices and surgical implants – metals. 1999.D. Academic Press .Chick.Rater.history of artificial heart development. Robert Lange and William L. “Biological Performance of Materials Fundamentals of Biocompatibility”. 1999.

“Foundations of Medical Imaging”. 2. R. Prentice Hall of India. 1999. “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”. 3. Unit V Three dimensional fast full body scanning – evaluation of hardware & software – mechanical design – measuring process – ranges of applications – data acquisition by confocal microscopy – image restoration – detection –segmentation – graph construction – interpretation – results –magnetic resonance imaging in medicine – basic magnetic resonance physics – images acquisition – Reconstruction – fast imaging methods. EMG – Hotler monitor – Foetal monitor – cardiac arrthymias – plethysmography n u r a y i n U s r e v y it EI337 MEDICAL INSRUMENTATION Marks: 40+60 Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . “Handbook of Computer Vision and Application” Academic press san Diego . Boston. Zang-Hee Cho etall. Tokyo.digital I/O displays – display multiplexing and zero suppression. 2001. EEG. IEEE Press. Credit : 4:0:0 a K Unit I Introduction to human physiology. Horst Han Backer peter Geibler.B. 2000. Bernal Jahne. network. Toronto. Reference Books: 1.Khandpur.Unit II Micro Controllers and PC based DAS – Introduction –8051 microcontroller – Programming in 8051 – application of 8051 – PC based instrumentation – I/P & O/P displays – analog displays and recorders. Unit III Graph theoretical concepts for computer vision – Introduction – Basic definition – graph representation of two dimensional digital images – matching – graph grammars – control basic – optimizing controls – analog versus digital instrumentation –converters – telemetry systems – transmitters – (electronic and intelligent) – fibre optic transmission – digital recorders – recorders – tape recorders – speech synthesis – voice recognition. Unit IV Computerized ECG-EEG-EMG-CAT – processing of ultra sound images in medical diagnosis – introduction – ultra sound imaging systems – processing the B-mode imageexamples of image processing B-mode images – perspectives.circulatory system – cardio vascular system-central nervous system – respiratory system – muscular skeletal system – digestive system – excretory system – sensory organs – voluntary and involuntary action. London. Unit II Potentials and their measurements: cell and its structure – resting potentials – action potentials – bioelectric potentials – measurement of potentials and their recording – ECG.

blood flow measurement. Reflex action. Regulation of breathing. Secretion of digestive fluids. Unit V: Endocrine System: Pituitary gland. “Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation”. Ostelogy and Mycology. sensory end organs. a K Unit III: Digestive System: Structure of alimentary canal. Ovary and Testis. “Medical Instrumentation – Application & Design”. Function of liver. References Books: 1. John Wiley and sons Inc.F. 1989. Physiology of Perspiration. CT. Carrier of oxygen and carbon dioxide. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . pancreas. Spiro meter.haemodialysis – anesthesis equipment – electro surgery – clinical laboratory instrumentation – therapeutic and prosthetic devices.Geddes & L.oxymeter – diathermy – nerve stimulator. hearing and smelling. structure of lungs. MRI scanning techniques – coronary angiogram Unit V Cardiac pacemakers-defibrillators – heart lung machines. Physiology of defecations. Unit IV: Excretory Systems: Structure of Kidney.Unit III Electrodes of respiratory and neuro measurement: Electrode theory – bipolar and unipolar electrode-surface electrode – electrode impedance –equivalent circuit for extra cellular electrodes. Liver. Venous return. Mechanism of alimentary canal. Regulation of temperature. Related digestive glands. Circuitatory and Respiratory Systems: Structure of heart.A. Dyspnoea Unit II: Nervous And Sensory Systems: Structure and function of nervous tissues.Baker. Neural control of cardio vascular system. Afferent nervous systems. Regulation of posture. Physiology of urine formation. Mechanism of sight. centralized patient monitoring. Physiology of emotion.micro electrodes – artificial respiration. Physiology of miaturation. EI338 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Credit: 4:0:0 Unit I: Basics: Basic Embryology. John Willey and sons Inc. 2ed. Unit IV Medical Imaging techniques: X-rays – scanning techniques-ultrasound scanner. Capillary circulation. Cerebro spinal fluid . 1999. Webster. 2. L. General circulation. Bladder and Colon.color Doppler system. Tongue. Thyroid and Parathyroid glands. Traches and its branchings.

2. EI339 DATA COMMUNICATION.References: 1.Serial data communications interface standards.Types of error detection.Modem and Multiplexer Modes of operation.Parallel data communications interface standards.Serial interface convertersInterface to serial printers.Types of modem. Hongkong.Earthing and grounding requirements.The universal serial bus (USB) Unit III.Error detectionTransmission characteristicsData codingThe universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART).Balanced and unbalanced transmission lines. Syril A Kalee and Eric Neil. Samsons Wright.Components of a modem.Interchange circuits.Physical standard .Multiplexing concepts.Modulation techniques.Cabling.Fiber-optic cables. control and correction.The Centronics interface standard.RS/TIA-562 interface standard (June 1992).V.Troubleshooting serial data communication circuits. Warrik C.Modem standardsTroubleshooting a system using modems.Comparison of the EIA interface standards.EIA-232 interface standard (CCITT V.Data communication standards Standards organizations.Protocols . “Anatomy and Physiology for Radiographers”.Synchronous systems.General purpose interface bus (GPIB) or IEEE-488 or I EC-625.Smart Instrumentation systems.Troubleshooting and testing with RS-485.Copper-based cables -Twisted pair cables.Filtering Unit IV.Test equipment. Henglong.K. 3.Mosby Company. “Textbook of Anatomy and Physiology in Radiological Technology”.Radio modems.RS/TIA-530A interface standard (May 1992).Frequency analysis of noise.The 20 mA current loop.The high speed UART (16550) Unit II. 1979.Definition of noise.Coaxial cables.Good shielding performance ratios.24 interface standard). Charles A. “Applied Physiology”. Oxford University press.Error detection/correction.RS-449 interface standard (November 1977).RS-423 interface standardThe RS-485 interface standard. bytes and characters. 1968.Asynchronous systems.Cable ducting or raceways.Suppression technique.Cable spacing. Electrical Noise and Error Detection Origin of errors.Terminal multiplexersStatistical multiplexers a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Marks: 40+60 y it Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . Sam Louis.Data compression techniques.Factors affecting signal propagation.Synchronous or asynchronous. NETWORKS AND PROTOCOLS Credit: 4:0:0 Unit I – Overview & Basic principles Open systems interconnection ( OSI ) model . Oxford University Press.Flow controlDistortion. The C.Jacob.Bits.Communication principlesCommunication modes. 1977.Sources of electrical noiseElectrical coupling of noise –Shielding.

HART and smart instrumentation. Reference Books 1.Binary synchronous protocol. Tanenbaum. “HART Application Guide”.28-2.ASCII based protocol. Cole Publishing Company. A division of Thomson Learning. Steve Mackay. G. New York. 2. “Practical Data Communication for Instrumentation and Control”.2002. Computer Networks.Application layer Text Books 1. John Park and Edwin Wright. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering . Third Edition.XON/OFF.Data link layer. Mc-Graw Hill.Industrial control application.HDLC and SDLC protocols. 1999. A.Modbus protocol. William A Shay.ANSI-X3.S. Newnes Elsevier. Mc-Millan. 2. Romilly Bowden.File transfer protocols. HART Communication Foundation. “Process / Industrial Instrument and Controls and Hand Book”. 1999. “Understanding Data Communications and networks”. Prentice-Hall of India.K.OSI analogy.Industrial Protocol Flow control protocols.Unit V.Highway addressable remote transducer (HART) Physical layer. 1996.5-A4. 3.

coefficient of coupling -ideal transformer.power and power factor -series resonance and parallel resonance .. RC and RLC circuits with D.sinusoidal steady state response -concepts of impedance and admittance -analysis of simple circuits. Solution of three-phase balanced circuits -power measurements by twowattmeter methods.bandwidth and Q factor. L and C -independent sources dependent sources –simple resistive circuits -network reduction -voltage division -current division -source transformation. New Age International Ltd. Paranjothi S. a K Unit IV : Network Theorems And Applications Superposition theorem -reciprocity theorem –compensation theorem -substitution theorem maximum power transfer theorem -Thevenin's theorem. 2000. Unit V : Transient Analysis Forced and free response of RL. and sinusoidal excitations.ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS Code EI250 EI251 EI252 EI253 EI254 EI255 EI256 EI257 EI258 EI259 EI340 EI341 EI342 Subject Name Electric Circuit Analysis Power Electronics Biomedical Instrumentation Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic Control Aircraft Instrumentation Electron Devices Industrial Instrumentation Ultrasonic Instrumentation Signal Conditioning Circuits Digital Control Systems Advanced Digital Signal Processing Advanced Control System Instrumental Analysis EI250 ELECTRIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS Credits 3:1:0 Unit I : Basic Circuit Concepts Lumped circuits -Kirchoffs Laws -VI relationships of R.C. School of Electrical Sciences AN-63 n u r a y i n U s r e v Credit 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 y it Marks 40+60 . Delhi. Unit III : Mesh-Current And Node-Voltage Methods Formation of matrix equations and analysis of complex circuits using mesh-current and nodal-voltage methods .mutual inductance. 'Electric Circuit Analysis'. 2nd Edition. Text Book 1. -Norton's theorem and Millman's theorem with applications. .R. Unit II : Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis Phasor.

K.P.Respiratory system . Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.H. R.effect of source inductance and firing circuits. Ltd.ECG Phonocardiography .Electrophysiology of Cardiovascular system. J. GTO.. Prentice Hall International. Unit III : DC To DC Choppers Voltage. Edminister. and Shyam Mohan S. Schaum's outline series McGraw Hill Book Company.. J. SCR. 2nd Edition. power MOSFET and IGBT. 3 pulse and 6-pulse converters.H. G.R.step up and step down cyclo-converters -three phase to single phase cyclo-converters – Switched Mode Power Supply... and Kemmerly.Action potential .. 2. Sudhakar. Unit II : Phase Controlled Converters 2 pulse. 1994 EI251 POWER ELECTRONICS Credits:4:0:0 Unit I: Power Semiconductor Devices Principle of operation -characteristics and modeling of power diodes.Central nervous system .Muscular system . Landle.current source inverters -PWM inverters. 'Power Electronics -Circuits Devices and Applications'.M. McGraw Hill and Company. Dubey.A. M. 'Circuits and Network Analysis and Synthesis'. Third Edition.voltage source inverters..E. 1993 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Marks 40+60 y it EI252 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Marks: 40 + 60 Credit: 4: 0 :0 UNIT I : Electrophysiology and Biopotential Recorders Neuron .. McGraw Hill International Editions. 2. A. 'Theory and Problems of Electric Circuits'. Joshi. and Sinha. 'Thyristorised Power Controllers'. Reference 1.2. 1993.inverter operation . Control .EEG .EMG – ERG School of Electrical Sciences AN-64 . W. S. TRIAC. Wiley Eastern Limited. Power Electronics'. New Delhi. Hyatt. Doradla. Jr. Rashid. Unit V : AC Voltage Controllers Single phase AC voltage controller -multi stage sequence.. current and load-commutated choppers -step up chopper and firing circuits.Axon . 1986. Text Book 1. power BJT. A. Unit IV : Inverters Series inverter. W. Reference 1. 'Engineering Circuit Analysis'.. 1983. 1995.

S.Nerve stimulators . 3. Merrill Publishing Company.Dialyser . Arumugam. "Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation". Anuradha Agencies Publishers. " Biomedical Instrumentation".Echo cardiograph . Kumbakonam.Ultrasound scanner .Blood flow .Fluroscopic techniques . UNIT IV : Biochemical Equipments and Electrical Safety Flame photometer .PH.centralized and Bedside patient monitoring system ..Laser surgical unit . activation functions and their types.spectrophotometer .X-ray machine .Heart lung machine Defibrillators . adaptive resonance theory.. Richard Aston.angiography . case studies (Inverted Pendulum.Oximeters Audiometer. Introduction to artificial neural networks.Ventilators .vector cardiograph Biotelemetry.Total artificial heart (TAH) . PCO2 and PO2 analysis sterilizers . TMH.Nerve stimulators.A. Kandpur R. associative memory -bi-directional associative memories.respiration rate . John Wiley. UNIT III : Therapeutic and Surgical Equipments Electro Surgical unit . 1990.short wave & microwave diathermy . Text Book: 1.M.Anesthesia machine . 1987. identification and control of dynamical systems. 2. "Principles of Applied Biomedical Instrumentation".Cardiac output measurement . back propagation algorithm. Kohonen’s self organizing maps. Rosenblatt’s perceptrons .measurement of lung volume .Pacemakers . Credit: 4:0:0 a K UNIT : I Introduction to biological neuron. Articulation Control) School of Electrical Sciences AN-65 n u r EI 253 NEURAL NETWORK AND FUZZY LOGIC CONTROL Marks: 40 + 60 a y i n U s r e v y it . Classification of neural networks. "Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement".. UNIT : II Hopfield’s networks. single layer and multilayer neural networks. L. 1992.Measurement of Blood pressure .E. Geddes.BAM structure UNIT : III Neural networks for control systems: Schemes of neuro-control. L. and Baker.Electrical safety hazards in hospitals UNIT V : Imaging Systems and Telemetry Computerized tomography (CT) .heart rate .MRI instrumentation . Reference Books: 1.UNIT II : Measurement of Physiological Parameters Physiological transducers .chromatography. 1989...

instrumentation . knowledge/rule base. a K UNIT V : Power Plant Instruments Fuel flow -Fuel quantity measurement. EI 254 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0 :0 UNIT I: Introduction Classification of aircraft . 1995. Pitman and sons. 3. ‘Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems’.Van Nortland Reinhold. Zurada.turns and slip indicator. fuzzy learning algorithms. 2. 1991. Jaico Publication House. Prentice Hall. exhaust gas temperature measurement and pressure measurement. aircraft magnetism. 1997 – ISBN-0-07-144711-X References 1. Neural Computing Theory & Practice .Vertical Speed Indicator. UNIT III: Gyroscopic Instruments Gyroscopic theory -directional gyro indicator artificial horizon . Kosko.B. defuzzification interface.gyro magnetic compass. B.D.Ross. cock. Wasserman P. fuzzy conditional statements.1997. E. 1981. Direct reading magnetic compass. J. design of fuzzy logic controllers. case studies(Inverted Pendulum. UNIT ll: Flight Instrumentation Static & pitot pressure source -altimeter -airspeed indicator -mach meters -maximum safe speed indicator. UNIT IV: Aircraft Computer Systems Terrestrial magnetism. Text Books 1.. Pallett. Jacek M.pit layout. panels. fuzzy rules.UNIT : IV Introduction to fuzzy logic: Fuzzy sets.J.Compass errors. Articulation Control) Text Books 1. New Delhi .instrument displays. fuzzy relations. n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40 + 60 School of Electrical Sciences AN-66 .Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems : A Dynamical Approach to Machine Intelligence. UNIT : V Fuzzy logic for control systems : Fuzzy logic controllers. decision making logic. : " Aircraft Instruments -Principles and applications". fuzzification interface.

Millman & Halkias. Output Characteristics – Active. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it School of Electrical Sciences AN-67 . CB and CC circuits – Voltage gain – Current gain – Input impedance – Output impedance – dependence on source and load impedance. Sixth Edition. Robert Boylestad. Static Characteristics. PHI.Bell. Unit V : Theory Of FET. David. McGraw Hill International. Text Books 1. 2. Unit IV : Transistor Models Transistor Hybrid Model – T equivalent pi equivalent circuits – Small signal single stage amplifiers – analysis of CE. "Electronic Devices & Circuits". UJT And SCR Junction FET Transistor – Static characteristics – FET structure – The Pinch-Off voltage – The FET Small Signal Model – Enhancement MOSFET. 2. "Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory". Malvino A P. CE.EI255 ELECTRON DEVICES Credit: 4:0:0 Marks: 40 + 60 Unit I : Introduction Energy band Theory of Crystals – Conductors. Reference Books 1. “Electronic Principles”. Unit III : The Bipolar Junction Transistor Transistor Current Components – CB. PHI.Tata McGraw Hill.1997. 1998. Static Characteristics – TRIAC: Construction. 1998. 1998. Saturation Region – Ebers-Moll Model – Photo transistors – The Operating Point – AC. PHI. "Electronic Devices & Circuits ". CC Configuration – Input. Cut-Off. Depletion MOSFET – Comparison of JFET and MOSFET – UJT : Operation. DC load lines – Bias Stability – Self Bias – Bias Compensation – Thermal runaway.A."Integrated Electronics". Allen Mottershead. 1998. 3. Static characteristics – SCR: Construction. Insulators and Semiconductors – Mobility and Conductivity – Electrons and holes in an Intrinsic semiconductor – Donor and Acceptor Impurities – The Hall Effect – Generation and recombination of Charges – Drift and Diffusion in semiconductors – The Continuity equation – Injected Minority-Carrier Charge Unit II : PN Junction Diode Open-Circuited PN Junction – The PN Junction as a Rectifier – The Current Components in a PN Diode – Volt-Ampere Characteristic – Static and Dynamic Resistance – Temperature Dependence of the VI Characteristic – Transition and diffusion capacitance – Varactor Diodes – Breakdown Diodes – Tunnel diodes – Photo diode – LED – The Diode as circuit element – A Half-wave Rectifier – A Full-wave Rectifier.

Wiley Eastern Ltd.Dead weight tester .Radiation pyrometer.parts of the system.. Industrial Instrumentation Principles and Design.. Tatamangalam R. MC RAN Hill.Electrical methods . D.V.Features of smart and intelligent transmitters. -Temperature Measurement Temperature standards .Mcleod gauge . 1.S. D. Chennai 1999 3. 3. Industrial Instrumentation. 1995 ISBN 0-7506-2255.Ultrasonic flowmeter-Coriolis mass flowmeter.IC temperature sensors . Renganathan.1996. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation.Different types of manometers ..EI256 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0: 0 Marks: 40 + 60 UNIT: I -Pressure Measurement Pressure standards .capacitive sensors -Ultrasonic method -Solid level measurement UNIT: V -Smart and Virtual Instrumentation Smart transmitters: Introduction.Elastic elementsElectrical methods using strain gauge-High pressure measurement-Vacuum gauges . 1990 ISBN 0-85226206. Transducer Engineering.Displacer devices .Differential pressure transmitters UNIT: II -Flow Measurement Positive displacement flowmeters .Inferential flowmeter-Turbine flowmeter-Variable head flowmeters -Rotameter .I. 1997. Process Measurement and Analysis. Intelligent Instrumentation. Springer Verlog. Allied publishers.. Text Books 1.PC based DAS for instrumentation and control. II Edition Butterworth Heinemann.O. Patranabis..Cold junction compensation. Ltd. 1992 ISBN 0-07-100697-4. 2. pennsylvania.3 lead and 4 lead connections thermistors .Terminology. 2.P.Thermal conductivity gauges -Ionization gauge.Introduction of Field Bus Standard . Newyaork.. “Instrumentation Reference Book”.Calibration of flowmeters UNIT: III. Measurement Systems: Application and Design. 4. Noltingk.fixed points -filled-system thermometers .C. Barney G.Pressure gauge method Diaphragm box-Air purge system-Differential pressure method – Hydro-step for boiler drum level measurement .Doeblin E. Prentice Hall of India Pvt..Electromagnetic flowmeter .Conductive sensors .E.Float operated devices .Smart transmitter with HART communicator-Virtual Instrumentation: definition. Fourth Edition.. 3rd Edition Chiton book company Radnor.Bimetallic thermometerThermocouple . Reference Books 1.. 2000 ISBN 1-85-233-208-5 School of Electrical Sciences AN-68 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it .Resistance thermometer. Ltd.Measuring circuits Speed of response -linearization . New Delhi 4.Laws of thermocouple .Optical Pyrometer UNIT: IV -Level Measurement Visual techniques . New Delhi. Liptak B. B. Eckman. Second Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

N. construction and characteristics. UNIT – II Generation of ultrasonic waves: Magnetostrictive and piezoelectric effects. 2.Differentiator.Monostable Operation n u r EI258 SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS Marks:40 + 60 a y i n U s r e v y it School of Electrical Sciences AN-69 . UNIT – V Ultrasonic applications: Ultrasonic applications in medical diagnosis and therapy.DC characteristics –bias. transit time. Science and Technology of Ultrasonics-Baldev Raj.Sample And Hold Circuit -555 Timers.offset –frequency-slew rate . resonance.Subtractor. UNIT – IV Ultrasonic measurement: Ultrasonic method of measuring thickness.frequency compensation techniques-Non inverting and inverting amplifier . direct contact and immersion type and ultrasonic methods of flaw detection. UNIT – III Ultrasonic test methods: Pulse echo.Integrator.EI257 ULTRASONIC INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 4:0:0 Marks: 40+60 UNIT – I Ultrasonic waves: Principles and propagation of various waves. V. variables affecting ultrasonic testing in various applications.AC characteristics. medium parameters. Power level. Transducers for Ultrasonic Flaw Detection-V. characterization of ultrasonic transmission. Narosa Publishing House. search unit types.Multiplier. Text Book 1. intensity and attenuation of sound beam. depth and flow. Bindal Credit: 3: 1: 0 a K Unit I : Operational Amplifier Operational amplifier-ideal op-amp.Astable. P.Palanichamy.DividerComparator-Applications-Logarithmic Amplifier -Current To Voltage Converter-Voltage To Current Converter –Precision Rectifier-Clipper – Clamper . reflection and transmission coefficients. acoustical holography.Rajendran.op amp internal circuit .differential amplifier Unit II : Operation Amplifier And Applications: Scale Changer-Inverter Adder.

switched capacitor filter Unit IV : Voltage Regulators and Multipliers Series op amp regulator. Dailey. cascade and parallel realization .Z domain equivalent Unit III : Function Realisation Pulse transformation function by direct.isolation amplifier. Unit : PLL Basic principle. ”Op amps & Linear Integrated Circuits” PHI III Edition. Unit II : System Response Review of Z and Inverse Z transform .Zero Order Hold.Sampled data model for continuous system . Ramkant Gaykwad.IC voltage regulator. ”Operational Amplifier and Liner integrated Circuits”. McGraw Hill.Bilinear transformation .phase detector and comparator. Dual slope A/D. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain. Ramp type A/D.1991 2. Unit IV: Stability of Digital Control Systems Stability studies .analog and digital .1982 Credit: 4:0:0 a K Unit I : Sample Theory and Converters Review of Sample theory . . A.Steady state errors . Dhanpat Rai & sons.band pass – band reject filter-first order and second order transformations. Digital to Analog conversion – Analog to Digital conversion. Coughlin and Driscol.Controllability and observability. 2.. Ltd 1992 3..FSK modulation and demodulation Text Books 1.Sampled Data Control system. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. School of Electrical Sciences AN-70 n u r EI259 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS Marks: 40 + 60 a y i n U s r e v y it .Response of sampled data systems to step and ramp inputs .Jury's stability test.Reconstruction .A/D & D/A converters .phase angle detection – Precision Reference Regulator.Use of op-amp with capacitive displacement transducer-charge amplifierinstrumentation amplifier.Unit III : Amplifiers and Filters Buffer amplifier.K Sawhney.divisionfrequency – translation-AM.ISBN81-203-0807-7 Reference Books: 1.. Successive approximation A/D.filters -Low pass-high pass.Shannon's sampling theorems . “Operational Amplifier and Liner integrated Circuits”.frequency doubling.” Linear integrated circuits” .” Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation” .state variable filter.Application of PLL – frequency multiplication.voltage controlled oscillator .Monolithic PLL . Denton J.723 general-purpose regulator.. .1989.Wiley Eastern Ltd.Digital quantization.FM.

School of Electrical Sciences AN-71 n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 .Wiley Eastern Publications. S.M: “Digital Control Engineering”. Noise-Classification of continuous time signals and Discrete time signals classification and properties of systems. Convolution using MAC and MACD Instructions. Hardware and Software.. Nagrath. FIR Filter design based on windowed Fourier series.solutions Unit V : Digital Process Control Design Digital PID algorithm .Dead-beat algorithm. : “ Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control” . Gopal. Least square error FIR filter design using MATLAB UNIT V : DSP Processor.Implementation of control algorithms using microcontroller – Block diagram study of digital implementation. UNIT III : IIR Digital Filter Design Block diagram Representation of digital filter-Basic IIR digital filter structures.Positional and incremental forms . Constantine Houpis.State sequences for sampled data systems . Frequency sampling method. Alson. Text Book 1. 1988 Reference Books 1. 3. Sine wave generation. Basic Architecture of TMS 320 F2407 Assembly language Instructions. Structure realization using MATLAB.Theory. 1985 2. Triangular wave generation. M.. 1984.Structure Realization Using MATLAB-Preliminary consideration in digital filter design – Bilinear a K UNIT IV : FIR Digital Filter Design Basic FIR Filter Structure.digitizingaliasing-anti-alias filter.. Sampling Theoram-sampling. Computational advantages of FFT over DFT-Decimation in time FFT algorithm-Decimation-in Frequency FFT algorithm. equiripple linear phase FIR filter design using MATLAB.Dahlin's and Kalman's algorithms . window based FIR filter design using MATLAB.J. Wiley & Sons. TMH. Convolution theorem-linear convolution and circular convolution Applications of Digital Signal Processing (DSP).Ringing . EI340 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Credit: 3:1:0 UNIT I : Introduction to DSP: Signals and their orgin. and Gopal. McGraw Hill.I. “Discrete Control systems” .1985. Ramp signal generation. “ Control System Engineering” . J. and Garry Lamont.TMS320F2407 Introduction to programmable DSPs. UNITII : Fundamentals: Z-Transform and its properties –Inverse Z-transform –Discrete Fourier Transforms (DFT) and its properties-Radix 2FFT.

2002. EI341 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEM Credit : 3:1:0 UNIT I : Modeling of Dynamic Systems Definition of System.Venkataramani.State space representation of systemCentrifugal Governor – Ground vehicle.Runge Kutta method.G.2001.ISBN 81-7808-609-3.Mathematical modeling. Systems and Control. ‘Digital Control and State Variable Methods’. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing company limited .Predictor Corrector method. Tata McGraw Hill Pub.K.Inverted Pendulum UNIT II : Analysis of Mathematical models State space method. Oxford University Press. Gopal M. 2003 ISBN 0195150112 2. Emmanuel C.Pearson Education Asia. M Bhasker.Isoclines. Texas Instruments.Algorithms and Applications .Euler’s method. Sanjit .Permanent Magnet stepper motor.Proakis .ISBN-81-203-1129-9.Taylor Series.Phase plane.. Addision – Wesley 2002.Combined controller estimator compensator UNIT IV : Stability of Linear System Definition of stability – Stability of linear system – Asymptotically Stable System.Text Books 1. ISBN 0070483027 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v y it Marks: 40+60 School of Electrical Sciences AN-72 . 2. Mitra “Digital Signal Processing A Computer based approach ‘Tata McGraw Hill Edition . John .Stability analysis by describing function method Text Books 1.2002.ISBN 0-07-044705-5 2. 2003.Numerical methods. 3.ISBN 0-07-047334-X References 1.Ifeachor Digital Signal Processing A Practical Approach . 1993.Principle of Linearization of Differential Equation UNIT III : Linear System Analysis Reachability and controllability – Observability and constructability –Companion forms– Controller / Observer form – State feed-back control – State estimator – Full order and reduced order Estimator. MS 3205X User's Manual. Digital Signal Processors. Stanislaw Zak.Hurwitz and Routh stability criteria UNIT V : Stability of Nonlinear System Stability of Nonlinear system – Lyapunov stability theorems..Lyapunov function for nonlinear system. B..Digital Signal Processing Principles.

characteristic group vibrations.F. alkenes.aldehydes. Prentice-Hall Publication. zero field splitting. Control system design. Unit IV: Mass Spectrometry & Thermogravimetry Mass spectrometry – basic principles instrumentation – the mass spectrometer – isotope abundances – molecular ion – metastable ions – fragmentation process . Modern Control Engineering . Control Systems Engineering. aromatic hydrocarbons.K. USA. Ogata. IEEE and CRC Press.Reference Books 1.some examples of spin. factors affecting the group frequencies. internal rotation and NMR –Deuterium exchange reaction – NMR of nuclei other than hydrogen –mainly C13 and applications – FT NMR and its advantages over conventional NMR EPR – principles. fundamental. Unit II : IR-Spectroscopy and Raman Spectroscopy Selection rules for IR absorption ..fragmentation associated with functional groups – alkanes. Norman S. C. Graebe.Krammers degeneracy-Applications.inorganic and organometallic compounds. Godwin. John Wiley and Sons.spin splitting.factors causing shifts in group vibrations – skeletal vibrations – finger printing – double beam IR spectrometer – components and functions –sample handling – Nujolmull and potassium bromide pellet technique – Applications of IR spectroscopy in structural elucidation of molecules. position and multiplet structure of the spectra – hyperfine splitting of some simple systems. The Control hand book. A2B2 and ABX systems. and Salgado. 2000 ISBN 0471366013 4. Nice. factors affecting the intensity. tau and delta values – spin – spin splitting of AB. 2001 ISBN 0130609072 EI342 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS Credit 4:0:0 Unit I : UV-Visible Spectroscopy The electromagnetic spectrum – fundamental laws of photometry-deviation from Beer’s law –presentation of spectra – correlation of electronic absorption spectra with molecular structure –molar absorptivity – structural effects – effect of temperature and solvents – quantitative methods – photometric titrations – electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis (ESCA).carboxylic acids and esters – Mclafferty rearrangement and applications – School of Electrical Sciences AN-73 a K n u r a y i n U s r e v Marks : 40+60 y it . overtone and hot bands – Normal modes of vibration of molecules such as carbon dioxide and water – factors influencing the number and energy of absorption bands. coordination and metal carbonyl compounds. alcohols. 2001 ISBN 0139586539 2. Unit III : Nuclear Magnetic Resonance & Electronic Spin Resonance Spectroscopy Basic definitions of magnetic moment and spin quantum numbers – the chemical shift – factors affecting the magnitude of chemical shift – the TMS scale. Levine. 1996 ISBN 0849385709 3. William S. New Jersey. study of hydrogen bonding effects. Prentice Hall. vibraitonal spectra of ionic.. Raman spectroscopy – vibrational mode – group frequencies of organic .

M. John Wiley.H. R.1991. Reference books: 1.”Instrumental Methods edition. Interpretation of Fourier Maps and results.”Absorption Spectroscopy of organic molecules”. a K n u r a y i n U s r e v of Analysis”.Dyer.Silverstien. McGrawHill.ELBS.C. 1983.Bassler.Morril.T.H.Merritt and Dean. Fourier synthesis.thermogravimetry (TG) – derivative thermogravimetry(DTG) – Differntial thermal analysis (DTA) – Differential Scanning Calorometry(DSC) – instrumentation and applications.NewYork.Banwell. phase problem and heavy atom methods.Kemp. New Delhi.1991.N. 3. Willar.neutron diffraction – applications of neutron diffraction to studies of molecular structure.G.1881. Text Books 1.sixyh y it School of Electrical Sciences AN-74 . Electron diffraction – principles of electron diffraction and applications.Macmillam. “Organic Spectroscopy”. W. 2.Williard. C. 2. Prentice Hall of India.third edition.”Spectrometric Indentification of organic compounds”. Unit V: Diffraction methods for structural studies X-ray diffraction – a brief account of the principles of molecular structure determination by X-ray diffraction from single crystal – structure factor. J. “Fundamentals of Molecular spectroscopy”.1991. third edition. third edition. advantages over X-ray diffraction studies.C. Patterson synthesis.

– Phasor diagrams . Credit 0:0:1 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 0:0:1 Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 159 . Unit II Wattmeters and Energy Meters Electrodynamics type wattmeter – theory and its errors – methods of correction – LPF wattmeter – phantom loading – induction type Kwh meter – theory and adjustments – calibration of wattmeters and energy meters. and V.T.T.characteristics – applications. construction and sources of errors and compensation in PMMC & moving iron instruments – dynamometer and rectifier type ammeter and voltmeters – Calibration of ammeters and voltmeters.ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS Code EI101 EI260 EI261 EI262 EI263 EI264 EI265 EI266 EI267 EI268 EI269 EI270 EI271 EI272 Subject Name Basic Electronics Workshop Electrical Measurements and Instruments Electronic Instrumentation Digital Signal Processing Electrical Machines Laboratory Electron Devices Laboratory Measurements Laboratory Sensors and Transducers Laboratory Control Systems Laboratory Signal Conditioning Circuits Laboratory Embedded Systems Laboratory Computer Based Process Control Laboratory Digital Control Laboratory Digital Signal Processing Laboratory EI 101 Basic Electronics Workshop Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI260 ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS Credit: 4:0:0 Unit I Different Types of Ammeters and Voltmeters Galvanometers – Principle of operation. potentiometers – their applications – construction and theory of operation C.C. Unit III Potentiometers and Instrument Transformers Student type potentiometer û L and N type potentiometer – precision potentiometer – polar and co-ordinate type – A.

. EI261 ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4:0:0 Unit I Electronic Analog Meter: DC and AC voltmeter – FET input voltmeter – Vector impedance meter – Wave analyzer – Signal generator – Harmonic distortion analyzer – Spectrum analyzer – Correlator – Power meter Unit II Analog Instruments: General purpose oscilloscope – CRT screen characteristics – Vertical and Horizontal amplifiers – Time base generator – Trigger pulse circuit – Delay line – Sampling Oscilloscope . Electronic Instrumentation and measurements. New Delhi.C.Measurement of frequency and Phase by Lissajous method Electromagnetic Interference – Grounding and Shielding Techniques Unit III Digital Instruments: ADC and DAC – Types – Digital Voltmeters and Multi-meters – Digital frequency counters – Digital waveform generator – Digital storage Oscilloscope – Three bit Flash converter – Digital Q meter – Digital IC tester – Digital LCR meter Unit IV Digital Measurement: Digital Displacement transducer: Incremental and Absolute – Digital method of measuring Displacement. medium and high resistances – ammeter – voltmeter method – Wheatstone bridge-precision form of Wheatstone bridge – Kelvin double bridge – Ohmmeter – series and shunt type ohmmeters – high resistance measurement – Megger – direct deflection methods –Earth Resistance measurement. Electrical measurements and measuring instruments. New Delhi. 2006.K. Capacitance.W. galvanometer – Vibration galvanometer.Unit IV Resistance Measurement Measurement of low. 3. Ltd. capacitance – Q of coil – Maxwell bridge – Wien bridge – Hay’s bridge – Schering bridge – Anderson bridge – Desaughty’s bridge – errors in A. Bridges – measurement of inductance. Stout M. 2.C.C. Frequency and Phase difference Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 160 . 1999. 4. 2001. bridge methods and their compensations – detectors – excited field A.. Prentice Hall of India. A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation.B. Basic Electrical measurements. Unit V Impedance Measurement A. Prentice Hall of India. New Delhi.. David A Bell.E. Dhanpat Rai and Sons. References 1. Golding E. Sawhney A.. Velocity. and Widdis F. 1992. Sir Issac Pitman and Sons Pvt.

2002. Prentice Hall of India. Unit III: Infinite Impulse Response Digital Filters Review of classical analog filters-Butterworth. Cooper W. DTFT. and Cage J.Unit V Digital Displays: Digital Alpha Numeric Displays – 7 Segment displays – Dot matrix displays – XY Plotter – UV recorder – Magnetic tape recorder – Digital recording and Data Loggers. McGraw Hill. Oliver B. 2. circular and sectioned convolutions DFS. Sarma G. Text Books 1.parallel forms Unit IV: Introduction to programmable DSPs Multiplier and Multiplier Accumulator Unit – Modified Bus Structure and memory Access in P-DSPs – Multiple Access Memory – Multiported memory – VLIW Architecture – Pipelining . Unit II: Finite Impulse Response Digital Filters Symmetric and Antisymmetric FIR filters .Special addressing modes – P-DSPs with RISC and CISC processors Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 161 . 1998 2. Rangan..D.H..S.cascade..Chebyshev and Elliptic filters– Transformation of analog filters into equivalent digital filters using impulse invariant method and Bilinear Z transform method-Realization of stuctures of IIR filtersDirect.Time response and frequency response analysis of discrete time systems to standard input signals.J.M. McGraw Hill.. New Delhi. Electronic Test Equipment: Principle and Applications. EI 262 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Credit: 3:1:0 Unit I : Introduction Concepts of signal processing .FIR filter design using window method – frequency sampling method – realization of structures of FIR filters – transversal and linear phase structures. Tata McGraw Hill. 3. References 1. Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation. Electronic Instrumentation and measurement techniques. Byers T. USA 1987.V.J. and Mani V. C. Instrumentation Devices and Systems. Digital Instrumentation.. McGraw Hill Ltd. Bouwens A.S.R. USA. Review of Discrete Time LTI Systems – Linear. 1998.. 1999. DFT – FFT computations using DIT and DIF algorithms .. New Delhi.typical applications -advantages of digital signal processing compared with analog processing..

New Delhi. Ifeacher and Barrie W. New Delhi.A Computer Based Approach’. Texas Instruments Manuel for TMS320C5XProcessor. Sanjit K. M. New Delhi. 2nd 2004 Low Price Edition 3. 2000. Jervis. ‘Digital Signal Processing . 2002 2. Reprint. Emmanuel C.Mitra. 2. 2002 References 1.Unit V: Architecture of TMS 320C5X Introduction – Architecture of TMS320C5X – On-chip peripherals – Instruction set of TMS320C5X – Simple Programs Text Books 1.. 3rd Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited. ‘Digital Signal Processing. ‘Digital Signal Processors Architecture. Tata McGraw-Hill. Bhaskar. UK. Openheim and Schafer. Venkatramani. 2001 3. B. EI 263 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 264 ELECTRON DEVICES LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 265 MEASUREMENTS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 266 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 267 CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 162 . Proakis and Dimitris G. Programming and Applications’. Addition – Wesley Longman Ltd.. PHI of India Ltd. ‘Digital Time Signal Processing’. Prentice Hall of India. ‘Digital Signal Processing – A Practical Approach’.Manolakis. 2nd Edition. John G. Algorithms and Applications’.

EI 268 SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 269 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 270 COMPUTER BASED PROCESS CONTROL LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 271 DIGITAL CONTROL LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time EI 272 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 163 .

School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS Code 09EI101 09EI201 09EI202 09EI203 09EI204 09EI205 09EI206 09EI207 09EI208 09EI209 09EI210 09EI211 09EI212 09EI213 09EI214 09EI215 09EI216 09EI217 09EI218 09EI219 09EI220 09EI221 Subject Name Basic Electronics And Instrumentation (Common to All Branches) Analytical Instrumentation Biomedical Instrumentation Fiber Optics and Laser Instrumentation Ultrasonic Instrumentation Aircraft Instrumentation Telemetry and Telecontrol Automotive Instrumentation Robotics and Automation Instrumentation and Control in Petrochemical Industries Instrumentation and Control in Paper Industries Instrumentation and Control in Iron and Steel Industries Instrumentation for Pollution Control Instrumentation and Control Systems Instrumentation and Control Laboratory Instrumentation and Process Control Robotics and Automation Telemetry and Telecontrol Signals and Systems Control Systems Electrical Machines Electronic Circuits Credit 4: 0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 0:0:1 3:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 09EI222 09EI223 09EI224 09EI225 09EI226 09EI301 09EI302 09EI303 Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Laboratory Logic and Distributed Control Systems Embedded Instrumentation Networks & Protocols for Instrumentation & Control Industrial Instrumentation Process Control Real Time and Embedded Systems 4:0:0 0:0:1 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 09EI304 09EI305 09EI306 09EI307 09EI308 09EI309 09EI310 09EI311 09EI312 09EI313 09EI314 Digital Instrumentation Advanced Digital Process Control Computer Architecture Embedded Networking Mobile Communication Mobile Computing Embedded System Software Design Intelligent Controllers Digital Image Processing Techniques Optimal Control System Identification And Adaptive Control 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 Page 331  Karunya University  .

Half and full addersRegisters-Counters UNIT III: INTRODUCTION TO MEASUREMENT Instrument classification – Standards . 2008 Karunya University  Page 332  . Vallavaraj A. Displacement. Triac.CB. CE. Pressure. CC configuration and characteristics .A/D and D/A conversion .Digital methods of measurement Measurement of Frequency and time interval . temperature etc. “Electronic Devices and Circuits” First Edition. Fourth Reprint.Boolean algebra.CRT Displays .Multimeter Calibration of meters . Course Outcome: • To review the theory of semiconductors. Level.Flip flops .Seven Segment Displays TEXT BOOKS 1.Voltage Regulators . Velocity and Acceleration. Transducers and Measurement techniques. Flow.FET. Moisture and pH UNIT V : MEASURING INSTRUMENTS Galvanometer – Ammeter – Voltmeter . UNIT I: ANALOG ELECTRONICS PN junction . • A clear idea has been given about electronic instruments with emphasis on display devices.Ohmmeter .Rectifiers . • An exposure is given to Analog and Digital Electronics and Devices • To provide the details of various transducers which are used to measure flow.(series and shunt) .Zener diode . Diac. Suresh Kumar N. Viscosity. Salivahanan S. UJT – Characteristics UNIT II : DIGITAL ELECTRONICS Binary number system – Logic gates .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI315 09EI316 09EI317 09EI318 09EI319 Advanced Instrumentation & Process Control For Food Processing Virtual Instrumentation Laboratory Industrial Instrumentation and Process Control Laboratory Embedded Systems Laboratory Artificial Intelligence and AI Programming 4:0:0 0:0:2 0:0:2 0:0:2 3:1:0 09EI101 BASIC ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION (Common to All Branches) Credit: 4: 0 :0 Course objective: To equip the student with relevant knowledge about Basic Analog and Digital Electronics.Bipolar junction transistor.Static and dynamic characteristics – Calibration Measurement errors UNIT IV: SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Classification of transducers. SCR. Tata McGraw-Hill. Principles of measuring instruments for Temperature.

Air pollution due to carbon monoxide. Fifth Edition.S Kalsi. 4. ammonia electrodes. ‘Principles of Measurements and Instrumentation’. 8th Edition. Chand and Company Ltd. ‘Digital Principles and Applications’. H.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 2. 1999 09EI201 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 3: 0: 0 Course Objective: The course is designed to equip the students with an adequate knowledge of a number of analytical tools which are useful for clinical analysis in hospitals. hydrocarbons. ‘Principles of Electronics’. 2003. S. reference electrodes. Morris. IR analyzers. II Edition REFERENCES 1. Course Outcome: • To understand basic principles of various analytical instruments • To understand instrumentation required for different types of analytical instruments • To know the typical clinical and industrial applications of analytical instruments UNIT I: COLORIMETRY AND SPECTROPHOTOMETRY Special methods of analysis – Beer-Lambert law – Colorimeters – UV-Vis spectrophotometers – Single and double beam instruments – Sources and detectors – IR spectrophotometers – Types – Attenuated total reflectance flame photometers – Atomic absorption spectrophotometers – Sources and detectors – FTIR spectrophotometers – Flame emission photometers UNIT II: CHROMATOGRAPHY Different techniques – Gas chromatography – Detectors – Liquid chromatographs – Applications – High-pressure liquid chromatographs – Applications UNIT III: INDUSTRIAL GAS ANALYZERS AND POLLUTION MONITORING INSTRUMENTS Types of gas analyzers – Oxygen. 2. S.K. NO2 and H2S types. Malvino and Leach. 2nd edition. analysis based on ionization of gases. Tata McGraw-Hill. S. Mehta V. Allied Publishers Limited. ‘Transducer Engineering’. sulphur dioxide estimation . dissolved oxygen analyzer – Sodium analyzer – Silicon analyzer Karunya University  Page 333  . Alan. 3. 2003. ‘Electronic Instrumentation’. thermal conductivity analyzers. biosensors. Prentice Hall of India. drugs and pharmaceutical laboratories and above all for environmental pollution monitoring and control. glass electrodes. hydrogen electrodes. Renganathan. Tata McGraw – Hill.Dust and smoke measurements UNIT IV: pH METERS AND DISSOLVED COMPONENT ANALYZERS Principle of pH measurement. nitrogen oxides. selective ion electrodes.

1987. DA Skoog and D. NMR – Basic principles – NMR spectrometer . UNIT II: BASIC COMPONENTS OF BIOMEDICAL SYSTEM Electrodes-Micro. UNIT III: MEASUREMENT OF PHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Karunya University  Page 334  . 09EI202 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 3: 0: 0 Course Objective: To learn the physiology of the human body and the Instrumentation related to Biomedical Systems.W. ‘Introduction to Instrumental Analysis’. Holt. 1995. Tata McGraw Hill publishing Co. McGraw Hill. J.S.West.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT V: RADIO CHEMICAL AND MAGNETIC RESONANCE TECHNIQUES Nuclear radiations – Detectors – GM counter – Proportional counter – Solid state detectors – Gamma cameras – X-ray spectroscopy – Detectors – Diffractometers – Absorption meters – Detectors. Ltd. ‘Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis’.propagation of action potential-Sodium pump-Nervous system-CNS-PNS –Nerve cell-Synapse-Cardio pulmonary system-Physiology of heart and lungs Circulation and respiration. 2. R. Course Outcome: • To introduce the concepts of physiology and the Electrical Components of a Biomedical System. • To discuss the measurement of physiological parameters. L. needle and surface electrodes.Preamplifiers. F. differential amplifiers.Willard. Mass spectrometers – Different types – Applications TEXT BOOKS 1. 3. G. 1992.H.. ‘Instrumental methods of analysis’. 1992.A. McGraw Hill.Dean. Braun. H. Khandpur. Amplifiers.A. UNIT I: PHSYIOLOGY Cell and its structure-Action and Resting Potential . ‘Principles of Instrumental Analysis’. Robert D.Settle. 2006. CBS publishing & distribution.M. chopper amplifiers-isolation amplifier.Ewing.Applications. Saunders Publishing. 2. • To understand the concepts of Imaging System and Telemetry ad the various Therapeutic Equipments used in Medicine.L.Merritt. Singapore. ‘Handbook of Analytical Instruments’. REFERENCE BOOKS 1.

”Principles of Applied Bio-Medical Instrumentation John Wiley & Sons 1989.LED -LD . R.Arumugam. 09EI203 FIBER OPTICS AND LASER INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 3: 0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the basic concepts of Optical Fibers and Lasers and their applications in the field of Instrumentation.Geddes and L.DetectorsApplication in Instrumentation .Interferometric method of measurement of length. TEXT BOOKS 1.E. liquid level and strain .S.Ltd. GSR measurements. O2 in exhaust air-pH of blood. UNIT V: ASSISTING AND THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENTS Pace makers-Defibrillators-Ventilators-Nerve and muscle stimulators-Diathermy-Heart Lung Machine-Audiometers-Dializers.PIN and APD UNIT II : INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF OPTICAL FIBERS Fiber optic sensors . Measurement of blood pressure-Cardiac output-Cardiac rate-Heart sound-Respiratory rate. Pearson Education.2002/PHI 2.Different types of modulators. Anuradha Agencies. M.Weibell. voltage.fiber optic gyroscope Karunya University  Page 335  . Fred J.Khandpur.Erich A.Lead systems and recording methods-Typical waveforms. 2. “Bio-Medical Instrumentation and Measurements” II edition.Bio-Medical Instrumentation.Plethysmography. temperature.Baker. L.Moire fringes measurement of pressure.A. current.Gas volume-Flow rate of CO2.2—3.2003. UNIT IV: IMAGING SYSTEM AND TELEMETRY X-ray machine-Radio graphic and fluoroscopic techniques-Computer tomography-MRI Ultrasonography-Endoscopy-Thermography-Different types of biotelemetry systems and patient Monitoring-Electrical safety. Course Outcome: • To give an insight into the principle of operation and applications of Optical fibers • To understand the LASER operation and its applications in Instrumentation and Biomedical Fields UNIT I: OPTICAL FIBERS AND THEIR PROPERTIES Principles of light propagation through a fiber-Different types of fibers and their properties Transmission characteristics of optical fiber-absorption losses-Scattering losses-Dispersion Optical sources .Pfeiffer. “Handbook of Bio-Medical Instrumentation” Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.Optical detectors . Lesilie Cromwell.Fiber optic Instrumentation system .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) ECG-EEG-EMG-ERG. REFERENCE BOOKS 1.

Optical Electronics Foundation book .switching and mode locking . Text Books 1. methods. Medium Parameters.Q.removal and vaporization UNIT V: HOLOGRAM AND MEDICAL APPLICATION Holography . plastic surgery. Monte Ross. Industrial Applications of Lasers. acceleration. Characterization Of Ultrasonic Transmission. Industrial Lasers and their Applications. McGraw Hill. McGraw Hill 1974 ISBN 0070844437 2.1995 ISBN 0070576378 2. Cambridge University Press.. John and Harry.material processing . TMH. liquid lasers . current. John F Ready. melting and trimming of materials . 1989 ISBN 052134089 Reference Books 1. removal of tumors of vocal cords. gynecology and oncology. Ghatak A.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT III: LASER FUNDAMENTALS Fundamental characteristics of Lasers . 1968 ISBN 0124319025 09EI204 ULTRASONIC INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 3:0:0 Course Objective: To discuss the transducer technology and electronics instrumentation Course Outcome: • To study the fundamental aspects of wave propagation • To discuss the principles and generation of ultrasound by different methods • To discuss different ultrasonic test methods • To discuss the ultrasonic measurement • To discuss different applications of ultrasonics UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO ULTRASONIC WAVES Ultrasonic Waves: Principles And Propagation Of Various Waves. Power Level. Reflection And Transmission Coefficients. Academic Press. Holographic Interferometry and applications. velocity. McGraw Hill.K.Types of lasers Gas lasers. laser and tissue interaction .cavity dumping . Intensity And Attenuation of Sound Beam. brain surgery.semi conductor lasers UNIT IV: INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF LASERS Laser for measurement of distance. Jasprit Singh.Laser instruments for surgery. 1997 ISBN 0125839618 3. Laser Applications. and Thiagarajar K. solid lasers.Medical applications of lasers.laser modes resonator configuration . Semi Conductor Optoelectronics. voltage and atmospheric effect . welding.laser heating. Holography for non-destructive testing -Holographic components . length.three level and four level lasers . Karunya University  Page 336  .properties of laser.Basic principle.

2. 3. Direct Contact And Immersion Type And Ultrasonic Methods Of Flaw Detection. Transit Time. V. Resonance.accelerometer. UNIT III: ULTRASONIC TESTING Ultrasonic Test Methods: Pulse Echo. panels. John Wiley & Sons Inc. Science And Technology Of Ultrasonics-Baldev Raj. ‘Ultrasonic Engineering’.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT II: ULTRASONIC WAVE GENERATION Generation Of Ultrasonic Waves: Magnetostrictive And Piezoelectric Effects. Depth And Flow. Acoustical Holography. First edition 09EI205 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 3:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the basics of Aircraft and the Instrumentation involved in Aircraft Systems Course Outcome: • To give an introduction about the Aircraft and the Display Equipments • To learn the working of various sensors used in the Flight • To analyze in detail about the Gyroscopic Instruments and Power Plant Instruments UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Classification of aircraft . Construction And Characteristics. Karunya University  Page 337  . Narosa Publishing House. Narosa Publishing House.Rajendran. UNIT II: FLIGHT INSTRUMENTATION Static & pitot pressure source -altimeter -airspeed indicator -machmeter -maximum safe speed indicator.Julian R Frederick. REFERENCE BOOK 1. UNIT V: ULTRASONIC APPLICATIONS Ultrasonic Applications: Ultrasonic Applications In Medical Diagnosis And Therapy.instrumentation -instrument displays. P. Variables Affecting Ultrasonic Testing In Various Applications. Academic Press Inc. UNIT IV: ULTRASONIC MEASUREMENT Ultrasonic Measurement: Ultrasonic Method Of Measuring Thickness.Alan E Crawford. ‘Ultrasonic Engineering’.Josef Krautkramer Ultrasonic Testing Of Materials’.pit layout. First Edition 2004. Fourth Edition. TEXT BOOK 1. Search Unit Types. cock.Palanichamy. Second Edition.

UNIT V : POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTS Fuel flow -Fuel quantity measurement. Electrical telemetry. • To understand the concept of optical telemetry system. Pallett. functional blocks of telemetry and tele control system . 1981. 09EI206 TELEMETRY AND TELECONTROL Credit: 3:0:0 Course Objective: To expose Fundamental concepts in Telemetry and to give idea where it can be used in control applications. pneumatic.PPM.J . exhaust gas temperature measurement and pressure measurement.FSK-Delta modulation coding and decoding equipment example of a radio telemetry system. UNIT IV : OPTICAL TELEMETRY Optical fibres for signal transmission -sources for fiber optic transmission .FM. Text Book 1. : " Aircraft Instruments -Principles and applications".PWM. UNIT IV: AIRCRAFT COMPUTER SYSTEMS Terrestrial magnetism.methods of telemetry. principle.current systems-voltage systems synchro systems . UNIT III : RADIO TELEMETRY Block diagram of a radio telemetry system transmitting and receiving techniquesAM. UNIT I : TELEMETRY FUNDAMENTALS CLASSIFICATION: Fundamental concepts: significance.optical detectors trends in fibre optic device development-example of an optical telemetry system. Direct reading magnetic components. Pitman and sons.B.. hydraulic and optical telemetrystate of the art-telemetry standards.electrical.PM multiplexing -transmitting and receiving techniques. • To know the different techniques used in radio telemetry.example of a landline telemetry system.Compass errors gyro magnetic compass.digital coding methods advantages of PCM. • To analyze the methods used for tele control. aircraft magnetism. Karunya University  Page 338  .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT III: GYROSCOPIC INSTRUMENTS Gyroscopic theory -directional gyro indicator artificial horizon -turn and slip indicator. Course Outcome: • To know the basic concepts of telemetry system. E.

Course Outcome: • To learn the design and construction of panel meters • To understand the design and working of Indicating Instruments. Anokh Singh. UNIT II -INDICATING INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN Moving Coil Instrument Design . REFERENCES 1. UNIT: I -AUTOMOBILE PANEL METERS AND SENSOR DESIGN Ergonomics.Moving Iron Instruments . Wilbur L.Balancing Coil Indicator Design Ammeter and voltmeter .Odometer and Taximeter Design . TEXT BOOKS 1. Phi..Flash System .Pritchard & Joseph A. Warning Instruments • To learn the various Dashboard Amenities.Speed Warning System Karunya University  Page 339  . “Principles Of Communication Engineering” S. “Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation”.First L8 Na L 2 3. 2nd Edition. 1st Indian Print.Controllers. 2. K.A.Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Design .. “Optical Fiber Communications”.. “ Optical Fiber Communications Principles And Practice” Second Edition This Indian Reprint 2004 09EI207 AUTOMOTIVE INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 3:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the various meters and Instrumentation used in Automobiles.Oil Pressure Warning System Engine Overheat Warning System .Engine Cooling Water Temperature Sensors Design . Mcgraw Hill.8 . Handbook Of Telemetry And Remote Control 1)Elliot L.Panel Meters. Sawhney.Air Pressure Sensors . 2003. Guidance and regulation Tele control using information theory.Vehicle Speed Sensor Design .example of a telecontrol system. Switching and Control Devices.Speed Sensor .Sensor for Fuel Level in Tank .Engine Oil Temperature Sensor. Prentice Hall Inc. 2008 3.Chand Co.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT V : TELECONTROL METHODS Analog and digital techniques in telecontrol. telecontrol apparatus-remote adjustment. Gruenberg 34075 629.Sciulli. 2005. 2. “Satellite Communication Systems Engineering”. Trafficators . 2003 4..Air Pressure Warning System . Senior. Gerd Keiser. Fifth Edition Second Indian Reprint 2003. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”.Design of Alphanumeric Display for Board Instruments UNIT III -WARNING AND ALARM INSTRUMENTS Brake Actuation Warning System. Tomasi W. John M.

American Technical Society. Chicago. ‘Modern Electric Equipments for Automobiles’.B.-Classification—Characteristics-Drives & Control systems –Actuators-Control loop UNIT II: TRANSDUCERS AND SENSORS Karunya University  Page 340  . 1971. Billiet and Leslie .Dushin.Dash Board Illumination UNIT V -SWITCHES AND CONTROLS Horn Switches .Cigar Lamp .Ignition Key .S.. Robot Dynamics and Kinematics and Applications Course Outcome: • To introduce the basic concept of Robots • To learn the principle of operation of sensors used in Robotics • To understand the working of End Effectors • To study the Robot motion Analysis • To discuss the applications of robots • UNITI I : INTRODUCTION Robots introduction -Basic components.Gear Neutral Indicator .Dipper Switches .Permanent Magnet Horn .F.Car Fan . 2.Toggle Switches Limit Switches . Walter. Chapman and Hall. Sonde. the instrumentation involved.Relay and Solenoid .. London. New Delhi.Courtesy Lamp – Timepiece . ‘Basic Metrology and Electrical Measurements’..Non-contact Switches TEXT BOOKS 1.Ignition Lock . Walter E. ‘Transducers and Display System’. W. E. 1975. 1977.Instrument Wiring System and Electromagnetic Interference Suppression Wiring Circuits for Instruments . 3. Ltd. 2. Goings. ‘Automotive Electric Systems’.Music Horns UNIT IV-DASH BOARD AMENITIES Car Radio Stereo . London.Horn Design .Windshield Wiper Window Washer . REFERENCE BOOKS 1.Flush Switches . MIR Publishers.A.W. Judge. Macmillan Press Ltd.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Door Lock Indicators .F. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Air Horn . ‘Electronic Measurements’.Pull and Push Switches . Moscow 1989 09EI208 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION Credit : 3:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the Basic concepts of robots.

“Robotics for Engineers”. UNIT IV : ROBOT MOTION ANALYSIS Robot motion analysis–Kinematics-Homogenous Transformations-Robot Dynamics Configuration of Robot controller UNIT V : APPLICATIONS Industrial Robots –welding painting-Assembly-Remote Controlled Robots for Nuclear. Instrumentation and control in dryers: Batch dryers and continuous dryers. UNIT II: CHEMICAL REACTORS Instrumentation and control in chemical reactors: Temperature and pressure control in batch reactors.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Transducers & Sensors-Tactile sensors-Proximity & Range sensors-Image Processing & Analysis-Image Data reduction-Feature extraction-Object Recognition UNIT III : END EFFECTORS End effectors – Types-Mechanical Grippers-Vacuum Cups-Magnetic Grippers-Robot/End effector Interface..Robot programming Languages. TEXT BOOKS 1. UNIT III: HEAT EXCHANGERS Karunya University  Page 341  . 1986. Thermal. variables and degrees of freedom. liquid distillate. • To expose the students to the various control loops in Petrochemical Industry. • To provide adequate knowledge about the chemical reactors and dryers. • To provide adequate knowledge about the measurement of various parameters in petrochemical industry. control of feed in reboiler and reflux. Course outcome • To expose the students to the control applied in distillation column. UNIT I : DISTILLATION COLOUMNS Instrumentation and control in distillation columns: Distillation equipment. Groover etal. Yoram Koren. McGraw Hill. ISBN-0-07-100442-4 09EI209 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRIES Credit : 3:0:0 Objective To expose the students to the Instrumentation field and control applied in petrochemical industries. vapour distillate and inserts. Chemical plants-Industrial Automation. “Industrial Robots – Technology Programming & Applications” McGraw Hill Ltd. 1980. measurement and control of column pressure. ISBN-0-07-100534-X 2.. cascade and feed forward controls. Mikell P.

ISBN-0-07-012445-0 09EI210 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN PAPER INDUSTRIES Credit : 3:0:0 Course Objective To expose the students to the Instrumentation applied in Paper industries. differential pressure and flow. Reprint 2003 Original from the University of California. measurement and control of absolute pressure. • To expose the students to the various control loops application in Paper Industry. TEXT BOOK Béla G. UNIT II: INSTRUMENTATION Karunya University  Page 342  . Third edition . Food. UNIT I: PAPER MAKING PROCESS Raw materials-pulping process – chemical recovery process – paper making process – Converting. Third edition . chemical reduction. Singapore. • To expose the students to the various control loops in Paper Industry. conductivity. Fourth edition. Process Control . ISBN 0801956595.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Instrumentation and control in heat exchangers: Variables and degrees of freedom .M. Chilton Book Company. Petrochemical. Nuclear Power. ‘Process / Industrial Instruments and Control Handbook’. Lipták. liquid to liquid heat exchangers. use of cascade and feed forward control UNIT IV: EVAPORATORS Instrumentation and control in evaporators: Types of evaporators. UNIT V: EFFLUENT AND WATER TREAMENT Instrumentation and control in effluent and water treatment: Chemical oxidation. 1995. Process Measurement and Analysis. 1993. Liptak B. precipitation and biological control. density. Chilton Book Company. Liptak B. Fossil Power. condensers. ISBN-07506-2255-5 3. ‘Instrumentation in the Processing Industries: Brewing. neutralization. Glass. 1995. Iron and Steel. Considine D. Pennsylvania. Mining and Minerals. G. Pharmaceutical’. Chilton Book Co.. ISBN–0–7506–2254-7 2. McGraw Hill. G. reboilers and vaporisers.. Reference Books 1. Course Outcome • To expose the students to the basic processing in paper industry. Paper. • To provide adequate knowledge about the measurement of various parameters in paper industry • To provide adequate knowledge about the Unit operations. Pennsylvania. steam heaters.

UNIT II: CASTING OF STEEL Primary rolling . basic oxygen furnace. 09EI211 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN IRON AND STEEL INDUSTRIES Credit : 3:0:0 Course Objective: To expose Fundamental concepts in Instrumentation and to study how it can be used in Iron And Steel Industries. temperature. Course Outcome: • To know the basic requirements of the iron making process. iron making. B. • To know the different control systems used in the industries. • To know the basic requirements of the steel making process.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Measurements of basic weight – density – specific gravity – flow – level of liquids and solids– pressure – temperature – consistency – moisture – pH – oxidation – reduction potential –graphic displays and alarms UNIT III: CONTROL SYSTEMS Blow tank controls – digester liquor feed pump controls – brown stock watcher level control – stock chest level control – basic weight control – dry temperature control UNIT IV: DENSITY AND FLOW CONTROL Dissolving tank density control – white liquor classifier density control – white liquor flow control – condensate conductivity control UNIT V: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Computer applications in pulping process control. cold rolling and finishing. blast furnaces . raw steel making . density. • To analyze the method which can be used in computer applications. UNIT I: DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS Flow diagram and description of the processes: Raw materials preparation. stoves. pressure. thickness and shape. UNIT III: INSTRUMENTATION Measurement of level. electric furnace. • To understand the concept of different measurement techniques.G Liptak. graphic displays and alarms. 1994. ‘Instrumentation in Process Industries’. liquid level control and input stock control TEXT BOOK 1. flow weight. Chilton Book Company. Karunya University  Page 343  .

Tupkary R. Khanna Publishers. coulemetry – pizeo eletric oscillations methods-paper tape method.A. 1988. volume 2.. CRC press. Karunya University  Page 344  . UNIT II : AIR POLLUTION MONITORING Air Pollutants. New Delhi. Fourth edition. K. ambient environmental monitoring –source monitoring –implant environment monitoring-personal monitoring. McGraw Hill. 2005. London.H. Introduction to Modern Steel Making. Swahney. Liptak B. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. UNIT V: COMPUTER APPLICATIONS Model calculation and logging.H. Process / Industrial Instruments and Control Handbook. UNIT III : WATER POLLUTION MONITORING Water pollutants –basic techniques –spectrometric methods. annealing process control Computer (center utilities dispatch computer). New Delhi. UNIT IV : NOISE POLLUTION MONITORING Noise pollution and its measurement UNIT V : INDUSTRIAL POLLUTANTS AND ITS MONITORING Monitoring Instruments of industrial pollution.atomic absorption spectra photometry. 4. “Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation”. Singapore. 1993 – ISBN-0-07-012445-0 3. rolling mill control.optical method-air pollution monitoring instruments.water pollution monitoring instruments. Khanna Publishers. Sand casting old control. Third edition. Steel Designers Handbook 1)Branko 2)Ron Tinyou 3) Arun Syam Gorenc Seventh Edition First Indian Reprint 2006 09EI212 INSTRUMENTATION FOR POLLUTION CONTROL Credit : 3:0:0 UNIT I : ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Classification. Instrument Engineers Handbook.. gas and water controls in BOF furnace .basics of monitoring technologies like conductimetry. 1988 2. Considine D. Tupkary R. Process Control. TEXT BOOKS 1.emission spectrograph. 1995 2.M. Introduction to Modern Iron Making . G.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT IV: CONTROL SYSTEMS Blast furnace stove combustion control system.

magnetic flow meter. Strain: strain gauges. efflux viscometer. acceleration – vibrometer. “Waste Water Treatment for Pollution Control”.C. 2000. pyrometer and thermistors. Tata McGraw Hill. pressure cells. calibration. the sensors for various physical variables and the basic concepts of Control Systems and Stability. “Air Pollution”. thermocouples. Pragari Prakasan. Punmia.L. 1998. dew point meter. 2000. HVN Rao. UNIT IV: CONTROL SYSTEMS Karunya University  Page 345  . resistance thermometer.P. REFERENCE BOOK 1. Ashok Jain. types. gauge rosettes calibration. UNIT II: MEASUREMENT OF PHYSICAL VARIABLES Measurement of displacement.. measurement of high and low pressure. UNIT III: INSTRUMENTS FOR VISCOSITY AND STRAIN MEASUREMENT Viscosity: capillary tube viscometer.. “Noise Pollution & Its Control”.. ISBN – 81-7008-091-6 4. B. Pressure measurement: bourdon. • To learn the basics of Control Systems and the concept of Stability UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO MEASUREMENT General Concepts of Mechanical Instrumentation.N. 2nd edition Wiley Interscience Inc. wheat stone bridge circuit. 1998. Laxmi Publication.A. humidity: absorption hydrometer. electrical torsion meter. temperature compensation. Temperature measurement: Bimetallic. Faith W. Precision and accuracy. : “Air pollution”. frequency. V. 09EI213 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3:0:0 Course Objective: To give an idea about the general Concepts of Mechanical Instrumentation. speed.ISBN-0-07-457871-2 3. • To study the principle of operation of different types of sensors used in the measurement of various physical variables. Tata McGraw Hill. Arceilala. ISBN-81-7556186-6. and Atkinson A. accelerometer etc. Soli J. Classification of instruments as indicators. Hot-wire anemometer. generalized measurement system. elastic transducers. ultrasonic flow meter. Measurement of error and analysis. 1972. Kuderia.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) TEXT BOOKS 1.Rao. New York. ISBN-0-07-463002-4 2. strain gauge. “Waste Water Engineering”. M. recorders and integrators – their working principles. Course Outcome: • To understand the concepts of Mechanical Instruments. Force measurement: scales and torque measurement: mechanical torsion meter.

Roy D. C. signal flow graphs. Narosa Publishing House. concept of stability. Simple problems. Study of characteristics of Pressure transducer 9. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. UNIT V: TIME RESPONSE AND STABILITY ANALYSIS Time response of first order and second order systems. Study of characteristics of Microphone 8. transfer functions. 2005 2. A. Stability analysis. I. A. simple problems. Study of characteristics of Loudspeaker 7. Collet.. A. Wiley Eastern Limited. and hydraulic and pneumatic control systems. ‘Mechanical Measurements’. differential and integral control. ‘Engineering Measurements’. ELBS. 2nd Ed. Two way control.. necessary condition for stability.D. Dhanpat Rai & Co. ‘Control Systems Engineering’. routh stability criterion. Sawhney. M. 2.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Open and closed systems. 1989. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Nagoor Kani. Thomas G Beckwith. Study of characteristics of Resistive potentiometer 6. Maragoni.K. Study of characteristics of Thermocouple 5. Study of characteristics of strain gauge and Load Cell 2. block diagram algebra. New Delhi. servomechanisms. Nagrath.. ‘Electrical and Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation’. Study of characteristics of LVDT 3. 2006. and Gopal. Study of characteristics of RTD 4. 2002 09EI214 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL LABORATORY Credit: 0: 0: 1 1. N. Study of Tachogenerator characteristics 10. proportional control.Study of ON-OFF Temperature Controller 09EI215 INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL Credit : 3:0:0 Course Objective: To learn the basics of Control Systems. ‘Control Systems’.. 3. and about the various sensors Course Outcome: • To introduce the concepts o Process control and Laplace transforms • To understand the basic concepts of Controllers • To learn the concept of stability and stability analysis Karunya University  Page 346  . and Hope. Process Control. RBA Publications..V.J. Lewis Buck.

Thermistors. two-way control.Simple float systems. pressure sensor. J. UNIT III: STABILITY ANALYSIS Signal flow graph – Mason’s Gain formula. RBA publications. controller. characteristic equation. measurement. bourdon tube. REFERENCES: 1. Stability – concept of stability. 1991.F Richardson A D. Second Edition. ramp function and sine function.2006. and control element.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) • To discuss the various sensors for various physical variables UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS CONTROL System – steady state design – process control – process control block diagram – definition of a process. Coulson & Richardson’s “ Chemical Engineering”. definition of stability in a linear system. Nagrath. diaphragm. 2. strain gauge. capacitive sensing element. Routh test for stability UNIT IV: PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS Pressure measurement – Construction and working of capacitive pressure sensor. stability criterion.. Donald R. Mass spectrometer TEXT BOOKS: 1.A “Control Systems”. I. radioactive methods (nucleonic level sensing) – ultrasonic level sensor.feedback control – transient responses – lap lace transform – transforms of simple functions – step function. Gas chromatograph.Peacock. 2006. non-dispersive photometers. proportional control. Thermocouples. servo. Buoyancy meter Measurement of composition – Electrical conductivity cell.mechanisms.Graw Hill International Edition .Nagoor kani. Coughanowr. Measurement of density – U-type densitometer. an imprint of Elsevier . differential pressure cell Temperature sensors –Construction and working of RTD.G.(Chemical and Biochemical reactors and process control) Butherworth – Heinemann. hydraulic and pneumatic control systems. Wiley Eastern Limited. bimetallic strips UNIT V:MEASUREMENT OF LEVEL. “Process System analysis and control” Mc. DENSITY AND COMPOSITION Level sensor . 1998. M and Gopal. dumbbell O2 analyser. pH meter. loop – damped and cyclic response. 2. UNIT II: CONTROL SYSTEMS Open and closed loop systems. Block diagram algebra. Zirconia oxygen analyser. exponential function. differential control and integral control. Inductive pressure sensor. “Control Systems Engineering”.J. Volume 3. Karunya University  Page 347  .

School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI216 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective: To provide comprehensive knowledge of robotics in the design.. Yoram Koren. • To study the End efectors • To study the Kinematics and dynamics of robots. ISBN-0-07-100534-X 2. Thermal. “Robotics for Engineers”. ISBN-0-07-100442-4 09EI217 TELEMETRY AND TELECONTROL Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: Karunya University  Page 348  . • To discuss some applications of robots in industry.-Classification—Characteristics-Drives & Control systems –Actuators-Control loop UNIT II: SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Transducers & Sensors-Tactile sensors-Proximity & Range sensors-Image Processing & Analysis-Image Data reduction-Feature extraction-Object Recognition UNIT III: END EFFECTORS End effectors – Types-Mechanical Grippers-Vacuum Cups-Magnetic Grippers-Robot/End effector Interface-Software for industrial robots positive stop PGM. PTP. Text Books 1. “Industrial Robots – Technology Programming & Applications” McGraw Hill Ltd. Chemical plants-Industrial Automation-Typical EGS of automated industries. CP UNIT IV: ROBOT MOTION ANALYSIS Robot motion analysis–Kinematics-Homogenous Transformations-Robot Dynamics Configuration of Robot controller UNIT V: APPLICATIONS Industrial Robots –welding painting-Assembly-Remote Controlled Robots for Nuclear. • To study the various sensors used in robots. Mikell P. 1980. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Robots introduction -Basic components. analysis and control point of view. Groover etal. McGraw Hill. 1986. Course outcome • To study the various parts of robots and fields of robotics.

2003. 2003 4.Pritchard & Joseph A. Mcgraw Hill. • To analyze the methods used for tele control. • To know the different techniques used in radio telemetry.First L8 Na L 2 3. Wilbur L..PPM.FM.optical detectorstrends in fibre optic device development-example of an optical telemetry system.digital coding methods advantages of PCM. pneumatic. Dhanpat Rai & Sons. “Course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement & Instrumentation”.Sciulli. UNIT III : RADIO TELEMETRY Block diagram of a radio telemetry system transmitting and receiving techniquesAM. TEXT BOOKS 1.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) To expose Fundamental concepts in Telemetry and to give idea where it can be used in control applications. “Principles Of Communication Engineering” S. Guidance and regulation Tele control using information theory. Sawhney. 1st Indian Print. functional blocks of telemetry and tele control system methods of telemetry.current systems-voltage systems synchro systems-frequency systems position and pulse systems-example of a landline telemetry system. Phi. 2005. UNIT I : TELEMETRY FUNDAMENTALS CLASSIFICATION: Fundamental concepts: significance.PWM. “Satellite Communication Systems Engineering”. Prentice Hall Inc.PM multiplexing -transmitting and receiving techniques. Gruenberg 34075 629.electrical. “Optical Fiber Communications”.A. K. Handbook Of Telemetry And Remote Control 1)Elliot L. hydraulic and optical telemetry-state of the art-telemetry standards. • To understand the concept of optical telemetry system.. 2.Chand Co. UNIT IV : OPTICAL TELEMETRY Optical fibres for signal transmission -sources for fiber optic transmission . Tomasi W.. “ Optical Fiber Communications Principles And Practice” Second Edition This Indian Reprint 2004 Karunya University  Page 349  . Senior.FSK-Delta modulation coding and decoding equipment example of a radio telemetry system. telecontrol apparatus-remote adjustment. Anokh Singh.. 2008 3. UNIT V : TELECONTROL METHODS Analog and digital techniques in telecontrol. Course Outcome: • To know the basic concepts of telemetry system. Fifth Edition Second Indian Reprint 2003. John M. Gerd Keiser. REFERENCES 1.example of a telecontrol system. “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”. principle. 2. 2nd Edition. Electrical telemetry'.8 .

II Edition. John Wiley and Sons Inc.. TEXT BOOKS 1. UNIT II: FOURIER ANALYSIS OF CT SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Fourier series representation of periodic signals – Properties – Harmonic analysis of LTI systems – Convergence of Fourier series – Representation of a periodic signals by Continuous Time Fourier Transform (CTFT) – Properties – Frequency response of systems characterized by Differential Equations – Power and Energy Spectral Density – Parseval’s Relation. REFERENCES: Karunya University  Page 350  . UNIT IV : FOURIER ANALYSIS OF DT SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Discrete Time Fourier series representation of DT periodic signals – Properties –Representation of DT aperiodic signals by Discrete Time Fourier Transform(DTFT) –Properties – Frequency response of systems characterized by Difference Equations –Power and Energy Spectral Density concepts related to DT signals – Parseval’s Relation.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI218 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Credit: 4 : 0 : 0 Course Objective: To study the signals and systems and analyze this using Fourier series and transforms Course Outcome: • To study the different types of signals and systems • To study the difference and differential equations • To study the Fourier analysis of Continuous Time and Discrete Time signals and systems • To study the representation of signal by samples-Sampling theorem • To study the Z transform and properties UNIT I : INTRODUCTION Continuous Time (CT) signals – CT signal operations – Discrete Time(DT) signals – Representation of DT signals by impulses – DT signal operations – CT and DT systems – Properties of the systems – Linear Time Invariant(LTI) and Linear Shift Invariant(LSI)systems – Continuous and Discrete Convolutions – CT system representations by differential equations – DT System representations by difference equations. UNIT V : TRANSFORM OPERATIONS OF DT SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Z transform and its properties – Inverse Z transform – Solution of Difference equations – Analysis of LSI systems using Z transform. “Signals & Systems”. “Signals & Systems”. 2005. Alan S Wilsky and Hamid Nawab S.Reprint 2008. New Delhi. Natural and Flat Top Sampling – Reconstruction of CT signal from its samples – Effect of under sampling – Aliasing Error – Discrete Time processing of CT signals. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen. Alan V Oppenheim.Reprint PHI.II Edition. UNIT III: DISCRETISATION OF CT SIGNALS Representation of CT signals by samples – Sampling Theorem – Sampling Methods – Impulse. 2.

location of roots in s plane for stability – Routh Hurwitz criterion . PI. II Edition.time domain Specifications . PD and PID controllers Design and applications UNIT V: APPLICATIONS Karunya University  Page 351  .Nichol's chart . PWS Publishing Company.Basic components of control systems Mathematical representation.type and order of a system . P.Indian Reprint 2005. • To provide adequate knowledge in the Fuzzy controller and its application in control. Rodger E Zaimer and William H Tranter. UNIT IV: STABILITY ANALYSIS Stability . time and frequency response analysis. Second Edition Second Reprint 2002.steady state error .static error and generalized error coefficients -estimation of the specifications for a second order system. signal flow graph and transfer function of electrical systems. stability analysis and applications. 2.D. 09EI219 CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1 :0 Course Objective: To introduce the fundamental concepts of control systems. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION System concept -Open loop and closed loop systems . PHI.Bode plot .Polar plot .characteristic equation .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 1. • To give basic knowledge in obtaining the open loop and closed–loop frequency responses of systems.frequency domain specifications. • To understand the concept of stability of control system and methods of stability analysis. “Introduction to Analog and Digital Signal Processing”. UNIT II: TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS Time response . Lead. block diagram. Newyork.step response of first order and second order systems . Fourth Edition . Course Outcome: • To understand the methods of representation of systems and to derive their transfer function models. “Continuous and Discrete Signals and Systems”. “Signals & Systems – Continuous and Discrete”. Translational and rotational mechanical systems. UNIT III: FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS Frequency response analysis . • To provide adequate knowledge in the time response of systems and steady state error analysis. 1998. McMillan Publishing Company. Lag and Lead-Lag compensator design . 3. Samir S Solimon and Srinath M.Nyquist stability criterion.. Ashok Ambardar.Root Locus Techniques. • To study the three ways of designing compensation for a control system.

Manke. Gopal.. Machines– Characteristics of shunt.2003. Delhi. PHI. 4th Edition. Tech Max publications.C. principle of operation of AC Machines • Constructional details. UNIT III: INDUCTION & SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES Induction Motor: Construction and principle of operation – classification of induction motor– Torque equation – Torque slip characteristics – starting and speed control. principle of operation of Transformers. 2006. motor – Back E.C. International Edition. Motors – Motor starters – Speed control of D. Course Outcome: To impart knowledge on • Constructional details. 2004.tachogenerator .c servo motor. Wiley & Sons..C.. series and compound motors – Losses and efficiency calculations – Applications of D. TEXT BOOKS 1. 2006. • Utilization of electrical Energy. constructional details of shell and core type transformer – EMF equation – No + load and on load operation – Test on Transformer – Equivalent circuit – Regulation –Testing-Load test. TMH. PHI. • Constructional details. 2. “Modern Control Systems Engineering”. “Automatic Control Systems”. K. UNIT II: TRANSFORMERS Principle. 3. speed control UNIT I: DC MACHINES Principle and theory of operation of D. series and compound generators – Principle of operation of D.C. Performance. motors.C. Nagrath and Gopal. generator – Constructional features of D. 2003.“Control System Engineering”3rd Edition. “Control System”. M. Barapate. overshoot and oscillations – Temperature controller – Pressure controller – flow and level controller using fuzzy network controllers. 2002. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. 2.c and d. 3..a. starters and of DC Machines • Constructional details. principle of operation of Special Machines. Fuzzy controller introduction –Fuzzy controllers to reduce settling time. Hanna Pub.M.S. principle of operation.. Synchronous Motor: Karunya University  Page 352  .F – Torque equation – Characteristics of shunt.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Synchros . Ogata. 4th Edition. Open Circuit and Short Circuit test. Kuo. Principles & Design”. “Control System”. 09EI220 ELECTRICAL MACHINES Credit: 3:1:0 Course Objective: To expose the students to the concepts of various types of electrical machines and applications of electrical machines. B. Benjamin C. “Linear Control Systems”.

amplifiers.Switched mode power supplies.K. B.Need for voltage regulator – Series and Shunt regulators – Comparison – Current limiting and protection circuits . I. Pvt. UNIT IV: SPECIAL MACHINES Tachogenerator . ELBS & Piman. step. LTD. 2.2006 Reference Books 1. Ripple factor and regulation. Oxford ad IDh Publishing Co. UNIT – I : POWER SUPPLIES Rectifiers – Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifiers .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Construction and principle of operation – EMF equation–V curves – Synchronization... Nirja Construction & Development Company Pvt. Welding Generator. “The Performance and Design of Direct Current Machines”. Applications – Non-linear wave Shaping – Clipping and clamping circuits. A. Hancock.AC and DC servomotor – Linear induction motor -Single phase motor – Double field revolving theory – Capacitor start capacitor run motors – Shaded pole motor – Repulsion type motor – Universal motor – Stepper motor. oscillators and their design.N. 2. London. Say. “Electrical Technology”.. power amplifiers and oscillators. R.Clayton. “Utilisation of Electrical Power” Laxmi publications. Nagrath.pulse. Rajput. Vol. Attenuator – Introduction to pulse transformers Karunya University  Page 353  . New Delhi. 2005. ramp and exponential inputs – Linear Wave Shaping – Integrator.L. calmping circuit theories. 2002. Theraja. 22nd Edition. 5th 3.J. Albert. Recent trends in Electric traction Text Books 1. “Electric Machines”.E. L Type. Differntiator.Average and RMS Value – Ripple Factor – Regulation –Rectification efficiency – Transformer Utility Factor – Filters _ Inductor. N. M. square. II. Course Outcome: • To learn the basics of power supplies • To study and analyse wave shaping circuits • To study the design of various amplifiers. Tata McGraw hill Edition. UNIT – II : WAVE SHAPING Response of High Pass and Low Pass RC circuit for sinusoidal... “ Alternating Current Machines”. Capacitor. Electric traction-traction motors and control. New Delhi.PI Type. New Delhi. and Theraja. 09EI221 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Credit: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: To introduce the concepts of Power Supplies. Applications.K. UNIT V: UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY Electric heating-Methods of heating. Ltd. G.

David A Bell.Class AB operation –Power FET(NMOS). UNIT I: ARCHITECTURE OF 8085 Architecture of 8085 Microprocessor : Functional Block Diagram – Registers. Astable and Schmitt trigger. New Delhi. Prentice hall of India. Boylestad L. 2003 3.Conversion efficiencies. “Electronic Devices”. 2004 2.Differential and Common mode gain – CMRR – Cascade and Darlington Amplifiers –Chopper Amplifiers. ‘Microelectronics’. distortion and bandwidth – Voltage and current feedback circuits UNIT – V : OSCILLATORS Barkhausen criteria – RC and LC oscillators – Frequency stability of oscillators – Crystal oscillators – Non-sinusoidal oscillators – Review of switching Characteristics of Transistor – Multivibrators. Jacob Millman and Halkias C. ‘Electronic Devices and Circuits’.Complementary symmetry power amplifiers. Robert and Nashelsky Louis. Mc Graw hill.Analysis at low. 2. gain.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT – III : AMPLIFIER BJT and FET amplifiers – Cascaded BJT amplifiers – RC coupled amplifier. • Exposure in the applications of the processor in interfacing of LED. 2003 09EI222 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICRO CONTROLLERS Credit: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: To equip the students with relevant knowledge about the functions of a central processing unit on a single integrated circuit (IC) Course Outcome: • Adequate knowledge about functions of a microprocessor and microcontroller. 5th reprint. ‘Electronic Devices and Circuits’. 2nd edition. stability. Prentice hall of India. • To write the assembly language program by using different instructions.Bistable. TEXT BOOKS: 1. output resistances. 1997. Mc Graw hill international edition . • Details of instructions used in microprocessor and microcontroller for the execution of program. 2008 REFERENCES: 1.. Karunya University  Page 354  . New Delhi. medium and high frequencies – BIFET amplifiers – DC amplifiers – Problems in DC amplifiers . Prentice Hall of India. Jacob Millman and Arvind Grabel.’Integrated Electronics’. ALU. Monoslable. Keyboard. UNIT – IV : POWER AMPLIFIERS AND FEED BACK AMPLIFIERS Power Amplifiers – Classification – Class A/B/C – Single ended and Push ended – Configuration – Power Dissipation and output power. stepper motor.Basic concepts of feedback amplifiers – Effect of negative feedback on input. Thomas Floyd. Bus systems – Timing and control signals Machine cycles and timing diagrams.

2751-9. Janice Mazidi. Data transfer schemes – Interfacing simple keyboards and LED displays. 8051 PERIPHERAL FUNCTIONS : 8051 interrupt structures – Timer and serial functions – Parallel port features : Modes of operations – Power control. phase angle and power factor – Interfacing ADC0801 A/D Converter –DAC 0800 D/As Converters. Prentice Hall. “Microprocessors And Interfacing: Programming And Hardware”. “Intel Microprocessors-Architecture. UNIT III: I/O INTERFACING Memory mapped I/O scheme – I/O mapped I/O scheme – Input and Output cycles _ Simple I/O ports – Programmable peripheral interface(8255). Ramesh S. Programming. The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture. Muhammad Ali Mazidi. Programming. Programming & Applications II Edition Kenneth J Ayala PRI ISBN 81-900828-4-1. “Microprocessor Architecture.Douglas V. APPLICATIONS: Multiplexed seven segment LED display systems – Waveform generators – Stepper motor control – Measurement of frequency. UNIT IV: INTERRUPTS AND DMA Interrupt feature – Need for Interrupts – Characteristics of Interrupts – Interrupt structure – Methods of servicing Interrupts – Development of Interrupt service subroutines – Multiple Interrupt requests and their handling – Need for direct memory access – Devices for Handling DMA – Typical DMA Controller features. and Applications with the 8085”. 2005.Microcontroller Hand Book. 2.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT II: PROGRAMMING OF 8085 Instruction formats – Addressing modes – Instruction set –Need for assembly language programmes. Prentice Hall. and Interfacing”. Tata Mc Graw Hill. Gaonkar. 2006 4. Prentice Hall. 2005 REFERENCES: 1. 3. 2. INTEL. features – Interfacing of 8051 – Typical applications – MCS 51 family features 8031/8051/8751 TEXT BOOKS 1.Barry B. Janice Gillispie Mazidi “The8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems. 2008. Brey. Hall. Fifth Edition. 2002. 2003. Seventh Edition. Third Edition. UNIT V: INTEL 8051 MICROCONTROLLER Architecture of 8051 – Memory Organization –Addressing modes – Instruction set – Boolean processing – Simple programmes. SBN 81-203. 09EI223 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICRO CONTROLLERS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:1 10 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time Karunya University  Page 355  .

Supervisory digital control (SCADA).Power supplies –ISO slots. proportional. : “ Digital control devices” . W. A. 1997. Controller software.. DCS in Steel and Cement Industries.detailed descriptions and functions of field control units operator stations .1986. New York . M. General PLC programming procedures .DCS. Prentice Hall India.. UNIT-III : PLC INTERMEDIATE FUNCTIONS Arithmetic functions .skip and MCR functions .system integration with PLC and computers. computer control hierarchy levels. PLC basic functions register basics .number comparison functions . 2.. New Jersey. John Webb. Karunya University  Page 356  .counter functions. Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.building blocks . PLC-PID functions . 1986. 1. UNIT-IV : INTRODUCTION TO DCS Evolution of DCS . Course Outcome: • To introduce the use of computers in control applications • To learn Programmable Logic Controllers and PLC programming • To study the concepts of DCS.sequencer functions .. derivative and composite controller modes.: “ Distributed control systems”.utilizing digital bits .timer functions . Digital Controller modes.: “ Computer based industrial control”.: “ Programmable logic controllers principles and applications”.operation.creating ladder diagrams from process control descriptions.P. Prentice hall Inc.data highways . 3/e.Input/ Output modules . PLC Advanced intermediate functions. Direct Digital control (DDC). Lukcas . Reference Books: 1.redundancy concepts.processes with PLC design of inter locks and alarms using PLC. Text Books: 1. ISA Press. UNIT-II : PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER(PLC) BASICS Definition.. Krishna Kant. Auxiliary commands and functions . 1995.. Communication in DCS.data move systems.PLC installation .programming on-off outputs.PLC Advanced functions: alternate-programming languages .trouble shooting and maintenance . UNIT-V: IMPLEMENTATION OF DCS DCS .controlling a robot . Characteristics of digital data. Ronald Reis. 2. Moore. UNIT-I : REVIEW OF COMPUTERS IN PROCESS CONTROL Data loggers: Data acquisition systems (DAS): alarms.overview of PLC systems . Linearization.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI224 LOGIC AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: To introduce the fundamental concepts of ladder logic programming and Distributed control Systems.supervisory computer tasks and configuration . error.

Prentice Hall of India. Course Outcome: • Adequate knowledge about Real time systems. D. interrupt handling mechanism in 68HC11 microcontroller. UNIT V : REAL TIME APPLICATIONS Real time system as complex systems – real time databases – real time image processing – real time Unix – building real time applications with real time programming languages. Mckloni. UNIT III : SYSTEM PERFORMANCE. communication purposes. ISA Press 1995. UNIT I : INTRODUCTION system evolution trends – basic real time concepts – real time design Microcontrollers – architecture – instruction set – interrupt handling – integrating system – examples – the shared data problem – software architecture. failures.: “Real time control networks” . 4. Philip A. Laplante. “An Embedded Software Primer”. David E. An example : The tank monitoring system TEXT BOOKS 1. UNIT II : REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS (RTOS) Real time specifications – real time kernels – inter-task communications and synchronizations – real time memory management. 2008. bugs and effects – reliability – testing – fault tolerance – host and target machines – linker / locators for embedded software – getting embedded software into target system. P. 2. UNIT IV : DEBUGGING TECHNIQUES AND DEVELOPMENT TOOLS Faults. 09EI225 EMBEDDED INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: To equip the students with relevant knowledge about Real-Time Operating System (RTOS) concepts which is a multitasking operating system intended for real-time applications..T.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 3. Hughes. “Real Time Systems Design and Analysis: An Engineer’s Handbook”..B. Karunya University  Page 357  . Raj Kamal. and Ash . Simon. • Exposure in RTOS concepts. • Details of Architecture.R. Deshpande. • Applications of Real time systems in the navigation. ISA Press 1994.H. “Embedded Systems” McGraw Hill. ISA Press 1994. New Delhi. Addision Wesley.: “ Elements of process control applications” . New Delhi. “ Programmable logic controllers”. Second Edition 2005. T. 2005 REFERENCE BOOKS 1. 2nd Edition. edition. 5. ANALYSIS AND OPTIMIZATION Response – time calculation – interrupt latency – time loading and its measurement – scheduling – reducing response times and time loading – analysis of memory requirements – reducing memory loading – input – output performance.

Newyork.S. modern instrumentation. NOS. RS232. Ethernet.USB. 2001.422. Bytes and characters. 1st Edtion. Modbus Protocols. • Clear idea about the network topologies. HDLC. • Details of different interface standards. “Real Time Systems”. “High speed Networks TCP/IP and ATM Design Principles “ PHI . Network Architecture and Protocols. Forouzan “ Data Communication and Networking” IV Edition TMH. Steve Mackay. internetworking connections.1988.Troubleshooting. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION AND BASIC PRINCIPLES Protocols.Allen Bradley Protocol.449. Transmission Characteristics Data Coding. 1st Indian Reprint. UNIT V: LOCAL AREA NETWORKS: Circuit and packet switching. John B. Jane W. IEEE 488. Pearson International Edition.485 interface standard . 2. Bits. 2002 2. Individual OSI layers.W. Elseiver Publications. Jonathan. Communication modes.Thomson Brroks.Internet work connections. HART. Liu. UNIT II: SERIAL COMMUNICATION STANDARDS : Standards organizations . UNIT III: INTRODUCTION TO PROTOCOLS Flow control Protocols . • Exposure in the industrial protocol. REFERENCE BOOKS: 1.2002. Second edition. UART. Practical Data Communications for Instrumentation and Control by John Park.Peatman. 3.2003. The 20mA current loop. Stallings W. 1.Interface to printers.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 2. 09EI226 NETWORKS & PROTOCOLS FOR INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL Credit: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: To equip the students with relevant knowledge about network that allows computers to communicate with each other and share resources and information. Course Outcome: • Adequate knowledge about protocols and standards of OSI model. Serial interface converters .Data communication for Instrumentation and Control. 2006 Karunya University  Page 358  . “Design with Microcontrollers”. Network Topologies. TEXT BOOK. I Edition ISBN 0750657979. Edwin Wright. Serial data communications interface standards.MAC..BSC Protocols. LAN Standards. Balanced and unbalanced transmission lines. “Embedded Microcomputer Systems”. field bus. Communication principles. Synchronous and Asynchronous systems.. McGraw Hill Book Co.Token bus. ASCII based protocols.SDLC. Behrouz A. Valvano . physical standards. OSI Analogy-example UNIT IV: INDUSTRIAL PROTOCOLS Introduction.423.

1997. Doeblin E. D.Dead weight tester .Electromagnetic flowmeter .I. Patranabis. mass flow meters and calibration.Definition of reliability -Reliability and the failure rate – Relation between reliability and MTBF. Second Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Differential pressure transmitters Installation and maintenance of pressure gauges UNIT II: FLOW MEASUREMENT Positive displacement flowmeters . Measurement Systems: Application and Design. • To have an idea about the temperature standards. Course Outcome: • To have an adequate knowledge about pressure transducers.Comparison with conventional transducers.Electrical methods .Reliability Engineering.Smart transmitter with HART communicator.Resistance thermometer.Bimetallic thermometerThermocouple . 5th edition (2003) 2.Float operated devices .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI301 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: To provide sound knowledge about various techniques used for the measurement of industrial parameters. • To know about various types of level measurements adopted in industry environment.MTTR .Self diagnosis and remote calibration features.. ISBN 0074623346 Karunya University  Page 359  .Radiation pyrometer.capacitive sensors –Ultrasonic method .Different types of manometers .Thermal conductivity gauges -Ionization gauge.Laws of thermocouple . UNIT I: PRESSURE MEASUREMENT Pressure standards .3 lead and 4 lead connections thermistors .Availability – Series and parallel systems TEXT BOOKS 1.Installation and maintenance UNIT III: TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT Temperature standards .IC temperature sensors .Measuring circuits Speed of response -linearization .fixed points -filled-system thermometers .Ultrasonic flowmeter-Coriolis mass flowmeter.Conductive sensors . • To study about area flow meters. McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. ‘Principles of Industrial Instrumentation’.. thermocouples and pyrometry techniques.Cold junction compensation. Fifth Edition.Calibration of flowmeters .Pressure gauge method Diaphragm box-Air purge system-Differential pressure method – Hydro-step for boiler drum level measurement .Maintainability . Ltd. • To know about the features of smart instruments and reliability.Point level sensors-Solid level measurement UNIT V: SMART INSTRUMENTATION AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING Smart intelligent transducer. New Delhi.. UNIT IV: LEVEL MEASUREMENT Visual techniques .O.Displacer devices .Optical Pyrometer-Installation.Elastic elementsElectrical methods using strain gauge-High pressure measurement-Vacuum gauges – Mcleod gauge . maintenance and calibration of thermometers and thermocouples.Inferential flowmeter-Turbine flowmeter-Variable head flowmeters -Rotameter .

Inferential control-Model predictive control. K.Transfer function matrixMethod of inequalities. proportional floating control. ‘Industrial Instrumentation Principles and Design’.Split range control.Internal model control. damped oscillation method. characteristics and application of control valves. integral and derivative models. gas process. flow process. time delay systems.Response of Controllers for different types of test inputs-selection of control mode for different process with control scheme-Optimum controller settings. 3rd Edition Chilton book company Radnor.Tuning of controllers by process reaction curve method. New Delhi. Liptak B. Tata McGraw Hill 09EI302 PROCESS CONTROL Credit : 3:1:0 Course Objective: To provide basic knowledge of controllers. thermal process.Degrees of freedom. UNIT: I -INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS CONTROL Process dynamics. -CONTROL ACTION AND CONTROLLER TUNING Basic control action. “Instrumentation Reference Book”. • To study about the construction.. Jain.E.K.Adaptive control.Decoupling control. 1996 4.single loop and overall stability. pennsylvania. 1999 5. II Edition Butterworth Heinemann. 1995 ISBN 0-7506-2255. Springer Verlag. ‘Process Measurement and Analysis’.Elements of process control. Khanna Publishers. find control elements and the processes. S.Ratio control. • To study some industrial applications. R. • To get adequate knowledge about the characteristics of various controller modes and methods of tuning of controller. Tatamangalam R.Design of non-linear controller with input multiplicities UNIT: IV -DESIGN OF CONTROLLERS FOR MULTIVARIABLE SYSTEMS Introduction to multivariable system-evolution of loop interaction –evolution of relative gains. 2000 ISBN 1852332085 3.Cascade control. dead time.model equations for a binary distillation column. 2.Averaging control.Ziegler Nichol’s tuning-Cohen Coon method -Pole placement method UNIT: III -DESIGN OF CONTROLLERS FOR NONLINEAR SYSTEMS Design of PI.. ‘Mechanical and Industrial Measurements’.Chemical reaction-Modeling UNIT: II. PID controller for integrator. mixing process. Course Outcome: • To study the basic characteristics of various processes.Dynamic matrix controlmodel -Generalized predictive control Karunya University  Page 360  . ‘Industrial Instrumentation and Control’. B. Singh. • To study about various complex control schemes.Modeling of liquid process.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) REFERENCE BOOKS 1.Continuous cycling method.Process variables. Noltingk.Centralized controller UNIT: V -COMPLEX CONTROL TECHNIQUES Feed forward control.Characteristic of ON-OFF.

‘Chemical Process Control: An Introduction Theory and Practice’.. Instrumentation for process measurement and control.P. Karunya University  Page 361  . M. Process based and Graph based models – Petrinet Models . New Delhi. Marlin. Sinskey.Simulation and Emulation of embedded systems . Second Edition McGraw Hill NewYork. D. UNIT IV: REAL TIME MODELS. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. OS tasks. task scheduling. 1996 ISBN 0876645295 5. 2000 ISBN 0070404917 3. control blocks. Prentice Hall. Allied Publishers. languages and operating systems • To analyze real time examples UNIT I: SYSTEM DESIGN Definitions . Wiley Eastern Limited. 1995 ISBN 8170237963 2. New Delhi ISBN 0852262051 4. 2000 ISBN 8120309871 6.Chidambaram. ‘Process control’. Johnson. Harriot P. 1998 ISBN 0849398711 2. Norman A Anderson. Process Control Instrumentation Technology. CRC Press LLC. LANGUAGE AND OPERATING SYSTEMS Real time languages . Eckman. ‘Non-Linear Process Control’.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) Text Books 1.High level language descriptions of S/W for embedded system . Singapore. Process Control System. interrupt processing.Interfacing to External Devices – Switches – LED/LCD Displays – Relays – Dc Motor – Stepper Motor.E. 1998 ISBN 8170237963 Reference Books 1. D/A converters . Forth Edition. Process Control. UNIT III: TECHNIQUES FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEMS State Machine and state Tables in embedded design – Event based. Seventh Edition..Java based embedded system design. Florida. Automatic Process Control. Prentice Hall.Typical application scenario of embedded systems UNIT II: INTERFACE ISSUES RELATED TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS A/D. Stepanopoulos. memory requirements and control. T. • To learn the different techniques on embedded systems • To discuss the real time models.Classifications and brief overview of micro-controllers microprocessors and DSPs Embedded processor architectural definitions . New Delhi 1999 ISBN 8120306651 09EI303 REAL TIME AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the basic concepts of Embedded Systems and the various techniques used for Embedded Systems with real time examples.Real time kernel. New Delhi. McGraw Hill. clocking communication and synchronization. Course Outcome: • To discuss the basics o embedded systems and the interface issues related to it. Curtis D. task states. kernel services.

Tony Givargis.gates.mathematical aspects of RMS. 2005. 2004. “Embedded Systems Design”. UNIT III : DIGITAL DISPLAY & RECORDING DEVICES Digital storage oscilloscopes -digital printers and plotters -CDROMS -digital magnetic tapes.sampling . and Digital Data Acquisition. Second Edition. Programming and Design”.digital phase meters -digital tachometers -digital frequency. Palgrave.basic building blocks . Hidden errors in conventional ac measurements. “Embedded Systems Architecture”. Wiley India.memory devices . “Embedded Systems Architecture. D/A techniques –F/V and V/F conversion techniques -digital voltmeters and multimeters-automation and accuracy of digital voltmeters and multimeters .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT V: CASE STUDIES Case Studies of Embedded System Design – Automatic Chocolate Vending machine – Digital Camera – Adaptive Cruise Control System in a Car – Smart Card. Frank Vahid.RMS detector in digital multimeters. Digital Signal Analyser.aliasing errors -reconstruction . Elsevier. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. FF and counters – discrete data handling . Colour Monitor. “An Introduction to the Design of Small Scale Embedded Systems. 2008 2. 2006 09EI304 DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the basic concepts of digital techniques and digital instrumentation. TEXT BOOKS 1. dot matrix and LCD display CROs. 2. period and time measurements-Low frequency measurements -automatic time and frequency scaling .sampling theorem . Tata McGrawHill . Tim Wilhurst. Tammy Noergaard.extrapolation synchronous and asynchronous sampling. Course Outcome: • To review the basics of digital electronics • To learn the various digital methods of measurement • To discuss the digital display and recording devices • To understand the concept of digital signal analysis • To discuss the current trends in digital instrumentation UNIT I : INTRODUCTION Digital codes . Karunya University  Page 362  . UNIT II : DIGITAL METHODS OF MEASUREMENTS Review of A/D. RajKamal.sources of error -noise -inherent errors in digital meters.

Bouwens. Doebelin. D. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques 3 Oliver&Cage .Patranabis.steady state error-Z domain equipment. "Digital instrumentation” McGraw Hill 1984 3. Measurement System.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT IV : SIGNAL ANALYSIS Amplifiers. 2. REFERENCES 1. UNIT: I INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROCESS CONTROL Review of sample theory-Response of sample data system to step and ramp input. Course Outcome: • To review the concept of sampling and pulse transfer function • To learn the design techniques for digital controllers • To introduce the Programmable Logic controller and its functions. "Handbook of Microcomputer Based Instrumentation and Control”.Cooper.1987 4. transmitter.Rathore. William D. Narosa Publishing House 09EI305 ADVANCED DIGITAL PROCESS CONTROL Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: To learn the basic concepts of computer based process control.Position and Velocity forms-Dead time compensation and smith predictor algorithm Karunya University  Page 363  . interfacing to microprocessor. 1990. noise figure meters. 1984.Jury’s Stability Test UNIT: II DESIGN OF DIGITAL CONTROLLER Digital PID –Deadbeat. TEXT BOOKS 1. RF network analyser.Pulse transfer function-Modified Ztransform-Sample data model for continuous system bilinear transformation.D. PH. D. receiver.Helfrick. McGraw Hill. test.Dahlin’s algorithms-Kalman’s algorithms-Implementation of control algorithm using microprocessor. John Lenk.PH. McGraw Hill. T. micro-controllers and computers. Principles of Electronic Instrumentation . and high frequency signal sources. IV Ed. Application & Design.S.J. Electronic measurements & Instrumentation. UNIT V : CURRENT TRENDS IN DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION Introduction to special function add on cards -resistance card -input and output cards -counter. A. wireless base and mobile station test sets. Computer aided software engineering tools (CASE) -use of CASE tools in design and development of automated measuring systems interfacing IEEE cards -intelligent and programmable instruments using computers. and time of card and Digital Equipment construction with modular designing.Linear transformation. filters. Digital Measurement Techniques.2008 2. Albert.

Tata McGraw Hill Pub.. Oxford University Press. 2000 ISBN 1556177291 REFERENCE BOOKS 1 Despande P.: “ Programmable logic controllers principles and applications”. ISA Press. Lamont G.B.Power supplies General PLC programming procedures-Programming ON-OFF outputs.. ‘Digital Control and State Variable Methods’.A. Digital Control Systems ..Three way traffic light problem.Sequencer functions. Programmable Logic Controllers. Ronald Reis. • To analyze the different memory architectures.PLC advanced function. John Webb. Kuo..Annunciator problem-Trouble shooting and Maintenance UNIT: V -APPLICATIONS Implementation of microprocessor based position and temperature control systemsOperational features of stepping motor.I/O Modules.Creating ladder diagrams from process control descriptions.Overview of PLC systems.Comparison function-SKIP and MCR function-Data move system-PLC advanced intermediate function.Interfacing of stepper motor to computer.H. Prentice hall Inc.Utilizing digital bits.PLC installation.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT: III PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Introduction.Networking of PLC.. USA. Digital Control Systems. Course Outcome: • To know the basics of computer designing. New Jersey.Matrix functions.. • To study the storage devices.Auxiliary commands and functions.H. • To understand the Hardware versus software speculation mechanisms.PLC basic functionsRegister basics-Timer and counter functions UNIT: IV PLC INTERMEDIATE FUNCTIONS Arithmetic functions. 1988 ISBN 155617005X 2 Houpis C. Gopal M.Drive circuits. McGraw Hill Book Co.. ISBN 0070483027 2. 1991. 09EI306 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Course Objective: To expose the fundamental concepts of computer architecture. 1991 ISBN 0030128846 4. 3/e. level process TEXT BOOKS: 1. Computer Process Control.Theory. 1995.B. ISA Publication. W. Hardware. HughesT.Analog PLC operation. ISBN 0070305005 3..Design of interlocks and alarms using PLC. Karunya University  Page 364  .B.Alternate programming language. 2003.Interfacing of computer with temperature flow. and Ash R. A. • To study the pipelining and scheduling. Software.

09EI307 EMBEDDED NETWORKING Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Course Objective: To expose Fundamental concepts of CAN and the use of it in embedded networking. “ Computer Organization and Architecture”. Types of storage devices – Buses – RAID – Reliability. John L. 2006. Course Outcome: • To know the Communication requirements of CAN.Nicholas Carter.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER DESIGN Review of fundamentals of CPU. Third Edition. REFERENCE : 1.Patterson. ”Computer Architecture” Indian Special Edition 2006.Kai Hwang " Advanced Computer Architecture ". UNIT III: INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM WITH SOFTWARE APPROACHES Compiler techniques for exposing ILP – Static branch prediction – VLIW & EPIC – Advanced compiler support – Hardware support for exposing parallelism . TMH Edition 2001 Thirteenth Reprint 2006. Terence Fountain. TEXT BOOK: 1. William Stallings. availability and dependability – I/O performance measures – Designing an I/O system. 3. 4.Dezso Sima. UNIT II: INSTRUCTION LEVEL PARALLELISM Pipelining and handling hazards – Dynamic Scheduling – Dynamic hardware prediction – Multiple issue – Hardware based speculation – Limitations of ILP – Case studies. UNIT IV: MEMORY AND I/O Cache performance – Reducing cache miss penalty and miss rate – Reducing hit time – Main memory and performance – Memory technology. • To analyze the different implementation methods.Hennessey and David A. Karunya University  Page 365  . Peter Kacsuk. Raj Kamal. • To study the CAN Controller.Hardware versus software speculation mechanisms – IA 64 and ltanium processor. Advanced Computer Architectures Eighth Indian Reprint 2005. Memory and IO – Performance evaluation – Instruction set principles – Design issues – Example Architectures. 6 Edition Fourth Indian Reprint 2005 2. First Reprint 2007. • To study the Data types & Data objects. • To study the network configuration. Prentice Hall of India. Morgan Kaufmann. UNIT V: MULTIPROCESSORS AND THREAD LEVEL PARALLELISM Symmetric and distributed shared memory architectures – Performance issues – Synchronization – Models of memory consistency – Multithreading. “Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach”.

TEXT BOOK: 1 Glaf P. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Introduction . SDMA. • To study the applications of Mobile communication. CDMA – Comparison UNIT II: TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS Telecommunication Systems: GSM. UNIT IV : IMPLEMENTATION OF CAN Implementing CAN open Communication layout and requirements – Comparison of implementation methods – Micro CAN open – CAN open source code – Conformance test – Entire design life cycle. Multiplexing. UNIT II : CAN OPEN CONFIGURATION CAN open configuration – Evaluating system requirements choosing devices and tools – Configuring single devices – Overall network configuration – Network simulation – Network Commissioning – Advanced features and testing.Feiffer. Course Outcome: • To study the basics of transmission. • To study the Telecommunication Systems. 09EI308 MOBILE COMMUNICATION Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Course Objective: To study the Mobile communication. Spread Spectrum. Andrew Ayre and Christian Keyold “Embedded Networking with CAN and CAN open”. UNIT V :IMPLEMENTATION ISSUES Implementation issues – Physical layer – Data types – Object dictionary – Communication object identifiers – Emerging objects – Node states. UMTS and IMT. Signal Propagation. Modulation.Localization – Handover.2000 Satellite Systems: Basics . • To analyze the different mobile communication layers.Wireless Transmission: Frequencies for radio transmission. Signals. TDMA.Routing . DECT. Cellular Systems Medium Access Control: Motivation. Antennas. Embedded System Academy 2005. TETRA. Karunya University  Page 366  .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT I: EMBEDDED NETWORKING Embedded networking – code requirements – Communication requirements –Introduction to CAN open – CAN open standard – Object directory – Electronic Data Sheets & Device – Configuration files – Service Data Objectives – Network management CAN open messages – Device profile encoder. UNIT III : CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK Controller Area Network – Underlying Technology CAN Overview – Selecting a CAN Controller – CAN development tools. FDMA. • To study the Broadcast Systems.

Principles-Pervasive Information Technology-Information Access Devices-Handheld Computers-Palm OS-Based Devices-Windows CE-Based Handheld Computers-EPOC Based Handheld Computers-Phones-Cellular Phones-Data Transmission Capabilities-Smart PhonesScreen Phones. Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture. Digital video Broadcasting Wireless LAN: Infrared Vs radio transmission. Access point control protocol Mobile network layer: Mobile IP. Karunya University  Page 367  . ISBN 81-297-0350-5. 2001. • To study different security techniques. Mobile Communications. Reference model. Infrastructure and ad hoc networks.Digital audio broadcasting. Functions.Smart Tokens-Embedded Controls-Smart Sensors and Actuators –Smart Appliances. John Wiley and Sons. TEXTBOOK: Jochen Schiller.11. REFERENCE BOOK: Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac. Fast retransmission/ fast recovery. Second Edition. Course Outcome: • To study the Pervasive Computing techniques. IEEE 802. Ad-hoc networks UNIT V: MOBILE TRANSPORT LAYER Mobile transport layer: Traditional TCP. Dynamic host configuration protocol. WATM services. Indirect TCP. Pearson Education.Appliances and Home Networking-Automotive Computing. UNIT II: SMART IDENTIFICATION Smart Identification-Smart Cards-Smart Labels. Addressing. World Wide Web. • To study the Smart Sensor applications. Second Edition. 09EI309 MOBILE COMPUTING Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Course Objective: To study the computing techniques of Mobile communication. UNIT IV: WIRELESS ATM Wireless ATM: Motivation. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Introduction-Pervasive Computing. Bluetooth. • To study different protocols. Transaction oriented TCP Support for mobility: File systems.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT III: BROADCAST SYSTEMS Broadcast Systems: Cyclic repetition of data . Quality of service. HYPERLAN. Location management. Working group. Mobile TCP. Wireless application protocol. Handover. Selective retransmission. Snooping TCP. Radio access layer. 2004. Entertainment Systems-Television Systems –Game Consoles. • To study application of JAVA in Mobile Computing.

Hill Publishing Company Limited 2005.WAP 2. Wireless and Mobile Network Architecture.WSRP – Connectivity – Wireless Wan – Short Range Wireless Communication – Home Networks – Universal Plug And Play . Roopa R Yavagal. JohnWiley and Sons Inc. UNIT I: LOW LEVEL PROGRAMMING IN C Primitive data types – Functions – recursive functions – Pointers ..Internet Protocols And Formats-Http-Html-Xml –Mobile Internet The WAP 1. ISBN 81-7808-170-9. 2003.Characteristics.Security techniques and algorithms. Mobile Communication.Information Security.Database Components UNIT IV: COMPUTER NETWORKING Connecting The World. 2000. REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Mobile Computing.Services.1. 2001. 09EI310 EMBEDDED SYSTEM SOFTWARE DESIGN Credits: 4 : 0 : 0 Course Objective: To study the software designing used in embedded systems.0 Architecture – I-Mode .Windows CE –Palm OS -Symbian OS.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT III: JAVA Java. TEXT BOOKS: 1.Business Services.Nicklous and Thomas Stober. Pearson Education.Structures – Unions – Dynamic memory allocations – File handling – Linked lists Karunya University  Page 368  .Security Models.Smart Card Programming – Messaging Components.Java Card – Client Middleware – Programming APIS. ISBN 81-8120-073-3. Principles of Mobile Computing.Voice – Voice Technology Trends – Voice On The Web –Web Services – Architecture – WSDL – UDDI – Soap. Tata McGraw. • To analyse the object oriented concepts. Yi-Bing Lin and Imrich Chlamtac.Security Protocols.Consumer Services. ISBN 0-07-058807-4. UNIT V : DATA SECURITY Security. ISBN 0-471-39492-0.Libraries –Java Editions – Micro Editions. 2.Personal Java & Embedded JavaDevelopment Tool For Java – Operating Systems.Travel services. Second Edition. • To study the programming in assembly. Lothar Merk. Martin S. • To study embedded applications. Course Outcome: • To study the basics of C programming. • To study the Object Behaviour of UML. 2.Home services. Jochen Schiller. Springer International Edition.Security frameworks for Mobile Environment.Public Key Infrastructure.Trust. Asoke K Talukder. Uwe Hansmann.1 Architecture – Wireless Application Environment 1.

Phillip A.Threads. Key Strategies for Object-Identification .Identify Visual Elements. Edward Yourdon. Simon Bennett .Simple Patterns.system timer – scheduling – client server computing.Identify Persistent Information . First Indian Reprint 2001 2.Identify Key Concepts Identify Transactions .Identify Physical Devices . Mechanistic Design . UNIT IV: UNIFIED MODELLING LANGUAGE Object State Behaviour . Addison-Wesley. “Fundamentals of Embedded Software where C and Assembly meet” PHI 2002. “Real Time Systems Design And Analysis. Second Edition: Developing Efficient Objects for Embedded Systems (The Addison-Wesley Object Technology Series)”. Lewis. “Object Oriented Systems Analysis And Design Using Uml. Identify Control Elements . Daniel W.Identify Services (Passive Contributors) .Sequence Diagrams . Bruce Powel Douglas. 2 edition (2000). Peter Coad.Event Hierarchies . 2. Third Edition Second Reprint 20 09EI311 INTELLIGENT CONTROLLERS Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the basic concepts of intelligent controllers and its applications in Control. Fuzzy Logic and Genetic algorithms. Steve Mcrobb.Application Scenarios. UNIT III: OBJECT-ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN Connecting the Object Model with the Use Case Model.Identify Real-World Items . Laplante .Representing Tasks . Identify the Casual Objects .Architectural Design in UML Concurrency Design . Ray Farmer. Course Outcome: • To give a solid understanding of Basic Neural Network.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT II: C AND ASSEMBLY Programming in Assembly – Register usage conventions – typical use of addressing options – instruction sequencing – procedure call and return – parameter passing – retrieving parameters – everything in pass by value – temporary variables.Role of Scenarios in the Definition of Behaviour Timing Diagrams .UML State charts . Second Edition 3. “Real-Time UML.Concurrent State Diagrams . Karunya University  Page 369  .System Task Diagram . TEXT BOOK: 1. REFERENCE BOOK: 1.Underline the Noun Strategy. “ Object Oriented Analysis.Types and Strategies of Operations . UNIT V: APPLICATION Multi threaded applications – assembling embedded applications – polled waiting loop and interrupt driven I/O – preemptive kernels and shared resources .

system identification forward model and inverse model. Prentice –Hall of India Pvt. Hellendroon.if-then rules. 2.. B. Klir G. John 5. Genetic Algorithm in scientific models and theoretical foundations Applications of Genetic based machine learning-Genetic Algorithm and parallel processors composite laminates . 2.fuzzy relational equations -fuzzy measure -fuzzy functions -approximate reasoning -fuzzy propositions .indirect learning neural network control applications – case studies.1993. ‘Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems’.Melanie Mitchell. UNIT V : GENETIC ALGORITHM AND ITS APPLICATIONS Fundamentals of genetic algorithm: Evolutionary computation . Prentice-Hall of India.1994 Karunya University  Page 370  . Zimmerman H.case studies. Ltd. Ltd.A. Prentice Hall of India.New Delhi. Edition: 2004 6.learning.types of neural networks. back propagation -learning and training -Hopfield network. ‘Fuzzy control synthesis and analysis’. ‘Fuzzy sets. ‘Fuzzy set theory -and its Applications’ -Kluwer Academic Publishers. ‘Introduction to Fuzzy Control’. 3.S. D. Langari. multiple layer. Driankov. & Folger T. Narosa publishers.feed forward. REFERENCES: 1. S.Non-linear fuzzy control-PID like FLC. feedback networks.single layer.Rajasekaran and G. UNIT IV : FUZZY LOGIC CONTROL Structure of fuzzy logic controller -fuzzification models. adaptation and neural network's learning rules . Farin Wah S. New Delhi-2003. TEXT BOOK: 1. Synthesis and Applications’.J. Jacek M Zurada.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) • To know how to use Soft Computing to solve real-world problems mainly pertaining to Control system applications UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO NEURAL NETWORKS Introduction . ‘An introduction to Genetic Algorithm’. UNIT III : INTRODUCTION TO FUZZY LOGIC Fuzzy sets.1994.sliding mode FLC -Sugeno FLC -adaptive fuzzy control -fuzzy control applications. Filev. Jaico Publishing House.A Vijayalakshmi Pai. uncertainty and Information’. UNIT II : NEURAL NETWORKS FOR CONTROL APPLICATIONS Neural network for non-linear systems -schemes of neuro control.search space –encoding reproduction-elements of genetic algorithm-genetic modeling-comparison of GA and traditional search methods. Fuzzy logic and Genetic Algorithms. ‘Neural Networks. 4.data base -rule base –inference engine defuzzification module .fuzzy quantifiers .multilevel optimization – case studies. ‘Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems’.fuzzy operation -fuzzy arithmetic -fuzzy relations.constraint optimization . Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Kosko.J. R.biological neurons and their artificial models . 1999..

Segmentation • To analyze the methods of image Representation. revised Published by Prentice Hall. Statistical Moments-Regional Descriptors: Topological Descriptors-Texture: Statistical. Gonzalez. String Matching. UNIT: IV –IMAGE REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION Representation Approaches-Boundary Descriptors: Shape Numbers.Visual Perception-Image sensing and Acquisition-Image sampling and Quantization-Imaging Geometry. W. 9780131687288 2. 3rd ed. UNIT: I –DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS Fundamental steps in Digital Image processing-Components of an Image Processing Systems-Light and the Electromagnetic Spectrum-Examples of fields that use Digital Image Processing. New York. Course Outcome: • To understand the basic concept of image processing • To learn the Image enhancement techniques • To understand the theory of Image Morphology. 2002. John Wiley & Sons. Karunya University  Page 371  . UNIT: II – IMAGE ENHANCEMENT IN SPATIAL AND FREQUENCY DOMAIN Basic Gray Level Transformations-Histogram Processing-Arithmetic and Logic OperationsSmoothing Spatial filters. illustrated. Syntactic Recognition of Strings.K “Digital Image Processing.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI312 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective: To learn the fundamentals of digital image processing techniques. Description and Recognition.Basic relationships between pixels. Structural and Spectral Approaches-Relational Descriptors UNIT: V –OBJECT RECOGNITION Patterns and Pattern Classes-Matching-Recognition based on Decision-Theoretic Methods: Optimum Statistical Classifiers-Structural Methods: Matching Shape Numbers. 2007. Syntactic Recognition of Trees. REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Richard E.Sharpening Spatial filters-Introduction to Frequency and the Frequency Domain-Smoothing Frequency Domain Filters-Sharpening Frequency filters UNIT: III –IMAGE MORPHOLOGY AND SEGMENTATION Dilation and Erosion-Opening and Closing-Hit-or-Miss Transformation-Basic Morphological Algorithms-Detection of Discontinuities-Edge linking and Boundary detection-ThresholdingRegion based Segmentation-Use of Motion in Segmentation.. Woods “Digital Image Processing” Third Edition. ISBN 013168728X. Pratt. Fourier Descriptors. Rafael C.

Stanislaw Zak. Linear System Theory and Design: C. T. Oxford 1999 REFERENCE BOOKS 1.Euler Lagrange equation UNIT: II –OPTIMAL CONTROL INTRODUCTION Statement of optimal control problem -performance indices.. • To discuss certain examples in MATLAB.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) ISBN-9-814-12620-9 09EI313 OPTIMAL CONTROL Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective: To learn the concepts of Optimal Control Systems and design with MATLAB examples.State Regulator.Hill climbing .Output weighed linear control. Oxford University Press.Terminal time weighing problem TEXT BOOKS: 1.computational procedure for solving optimal control problem Dynamic programming application to discrete and continuous system.Discrete Algebraic Riccati Equation.S. Wiley Eastern.penalty function methods UNIT: V –MATLAB EXAMPLES FOR OPTIMAL CONTROL PROBLEMS Infinite time Linear Optimal Regulator design. 2003 ISBN 0195150112 2.Solving ARE using the Eigen vector method. 3rd Edition.Simplex method . Apte. New Delhi. Linear Multivariable Control System: Y. Chen.Control configuration UNIT: III –LQR DESIGN Algebraic Riccati Equation (ARE).gradient .Maxima and minima of function.Optimum control of tracking system. Course Outcome: • To learn the basics of Calculus of Variation • To introduce the concept of LQR Design and Dynamic programming techniques.Numerical techniques for optimal control. UNIT: I –CALCULUS OF VARIATION Functions and Functional. Rao. S. 1992. Systems and Control.Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR).Pontryagin‘s minimum principle UNIT: IV -DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES FOR OPTIMAL CONTROL Principle of optimality .output regulator. S. Karunya University  Page 372  . Optimization theory and applications.Variation of functionalExtremal of functional. New Age International Publication 1996 2.

• To introduce the concepts of adaptive control and its applications. Prentice Hall of India. Wittenmark B.Simulation of 1st order.Modified recursive least squares techniques . New Delhi. Modern Control Engineering. “Adaptive Control”.E.Runge-Kutta method -Z-transform method .Step response methods . Wiley Eastern Limited.D.R. I and II. ISBN-81-224-0503-7 4.1999. Springer. Astrom K. 3.The Gradient approach . Isermann R.1995.Predictive control.Definitions .Use of Simulation packages . • To understand the techniques to identify a MIMO system. and Zarrop M. ISBN-0-87692-147 09EI314 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective: To learn the basic concepts of system identification and adaptive control Course Outcome: • To learn the basics of modeling ad simulation of processes.. K. 2.Passivity theory . Narosa Publishing House.” Adaptive Control”. 1992.RLS algorithm . M’Saad M.. Digital Control Systems.1997. Self tuning systems.. Wellstead P. TEXT BOOKS: 1.Instrumental variable Stochastic approximation techniques. REFERENCE BOOKS 1.Liapunov functions .pole placement control .School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 3. UNIT: II –MIMO SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION TECHNIQUES Off line .Signal modeling Discretisation techniques. UNIT: IV -MRAS AND STC Approaches .B. Ogata. 2. Modern control System Theory.Auto tuning . UNIT: I -MODELING AND SIMULATION OF PROCESSES Impulse response .Fixed memory .On line methods . System Identification Theory for the user. Ljung. UNIT: II -CLASSIFICATION OF ADAPTIVE CONTROL Introduction .J. Addison Wesley. Prentice Hall. Landau L.Control policies . 2nd order systems with and without dead time. Vol. UNIT: V -ISSUES IN ADAPTIVE CONTROL AND APPLICATIONS Stability-Convergence-Robustness-Application of adaptive control.Minimum variance control .Frequency response . 1992. New Delhi. M... Lozano. Gopal..Types of adaptive control. John Wiley and Sons Karunya University  Page 373  .Uses . Reprint 1993.Maximum likelihood .Recursive least squares .

TEXT BOOKS : 1. Roffel.Edger. instrument scaling. Jean Pierre Corriou.Seborg. T. fluid density. humidity of gases. Control valve types-linear. REFERENCES: 1. . John Wiley and Sons. Tuning process controllers. viscosity and consistency. systems. control modes. electrical and thermal conductivity. temperature. Karunya University  Page 374  . UNIT V: OPTIMAL CONTROL Optimisation and simulation.A. dynamic simulation of distillation columns and reactors.-Transient response-Block diagrams.H. liquid level. Design of valves. 2. “Process Control: Theory and applications” Springer. UNIT IV: PROCESS AUTOMATION Basic concepts.Millichamp. impulse and sinusoidal disturbances. etc. instrumentation symbols and labels. B. UNIT I: INTRODUCTION Principles of measurement and classification of process control instruments. To review the concepts of systems and learn the basic concepts of process automation To highlight the concepts of optimal control. D. concentration. Betlem. UNIT II MEASUREMENTS Principles of measurements of weight flow rate. ‘Process Dynamics and Control’.F. automation and optimal control. composition by physical and chemical properties and spectroscopy. “Advanced Practical Process Control” Springer. B. II Edition. optimisation techniques.L. 2004. velocity. . 2004. closed and open loop response.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 09EI315 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTATION & PROCESS CONTROL FOR FOOD PROCESSING Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: To introduce the concepts of process instruments for measurement of various physical variables. single and multivariable constrained optimisation. sensors. transmitters and control valves. 2004. pH.E. terminology and techniques for process control. equal percentage and quick opening valve. pressure fluid flow.Response to step. UNIT III: REVIEW OF SYSTEMS Review of first and higher order systems. and D. Course Outcome: To introduce the fundamentals of measurement and the techniques for measurement of various physical variables.

Recursion Karunya University  Page 375  .. Biological Intelligence and Neural Networks. G. 1993.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) 2. Study of different types of AI systems.). hillclimbing. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. procedures. New Delhi. their differences. printing. common techniques. General introduction to artificial intelligence.Astrom. comments. and limitations. heuristic functions. iteration Advanced list manipulation and pattern matching techniques. Interacting Agent Based Systems UNIT IV:AI PROGRAMMING STYLES Introduction to general procedural and functional programming techniques as well as basic AI programming styles (Poplog. knowledge representation. Overview of key underlying ideas. " Chemical Process Control ". processes involved in rule-based Expert Systems and in building such systems. Pop-11 Data types. variables. 09EI316 – VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:2 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time 09EI317 – INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:2 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time 09EI318 – EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LABORATORY Credit: 0:0:2 12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time 09EI319 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND AI PROGRAMMING Credit : 3:1:0 UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF AI Fundamentals of AI techniques in a practical context. its techniques. pattern matching Conditionals. 3. Tata McGraw Hill. rule based systems. search. assignments. " Computer Controlled Systems ". the roots. goals and main sub-fields of AI. Application of simple search algorithms (depth/breadth-first. and learning. Karl J. UNIT III: IMPORTANCE OF LEARNING Importance of learning in intelligent systems.. and its implementation. 1994. arithmetic operators Stack and stack errors. etc. Study of further specific areas of artificial intelligence. Ltd. XVed. Stephanopoulos. built-in procedures List manipulation. UNIT II: APPLICATIONS Demonstration of the need for different approaches for different problems. Building Intelligent Agents. Bjorn Willermans.

McGraw Hill. Networks and Frames. databases and the implementation of search strategies. 2000 Karunya University  Page 376  . Prentice Hall. 1998 4. grammar and parsing. Natural Language Processing. “Artificial Intelligence”. supporting program libraries 5.School of Electrical Sciences Department of Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering (EIE) UNIT V: ADVANCED PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES More advanced programming techniques involving . “AI & Expert Systems”. 1991 3. Economy Edition. Patterson. (2nd edn). Dan W. Online tutorial material. Uncertainty. Morgan Kaufmann. Knowledge Representation. 2003 2. “Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis”. N J Nilsson. E Rich & K Knight. Planning Expert Systems. “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach” (2nd edn). planning and rule-based reasoning. Machine Learning Reference Books 1. Eastern. S Russell & P Norvig.

ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING 0 Karunya University .

Course Outcome: • • • • Analyze simple DC circuits.C. Find Thevenin and Norton equivalents of circuits. inductance and capacitance in terms of impedance. L and C Energy Sources – Independent Sources – Dependent Sources – Kirchoff’s Voltage Law – Voltage Division – Kirchoff’s Current Law – Current Division – Network Reduction – Matrix Representation And Solution Of DC Networks – Node And Loop Basics 1 Karunya University . To study the concept of coupled circuits and two port networks. Unit I: Basic Circuit Concepts Classification of Circuit Elements – Lumped Circuits – VI Relationships of R. Analyze two port networks.ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10EI201 10EI202 10EI203 10EI204 10EI205 10EI206 10EI207 10EI208 10EI209 10EI210 10EI211 10EI212 10EI213 10EI214 10EI215 10EI216 10EI217 10EI218 Circuit Analysis & Networks Electronic Circuits Sensors and Transducers Signals and Systems Control Systems Signal Conditioning Circuits Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Process Dynamics and Control Industrial Instrumentation Logic and Distributed Control Systems Biomedical Instrumentation Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control Digital Control Systems Communication Engineering Ultrasonic Instrumentation Biomedical Instrumentation Ultrasonic Instrumentation Modern Control Systems 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4 :0:0 3:1:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:0:0 3:0:0 3:1:0 10EI201 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & NETWORKS Credits 3:1:0 Course Objective: • • • To introduce the concept of circuit elements. Analyze AC steady-state responses and transient response of resistance. lumped circuits. circuit laws and reduction. To study the transient response of series and parallel A. circuits.

2008. diodes and oscillators 2 Karunya University . New York.P. “Fundamentals of Electric Circuit”.Unit II: Network Theorems and transformations Voltage and current source transformations – Star and delta Transformations – Superposition. 2006.H.Arumugam and N. Ltd. operation and its characteristics Design and analyze the DC bias circuitry of BJT and FET Design circuits using the transistors.2003 10EI202 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS Credits: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: • To familiarize the student with the analysis and design of basic transistor amplifier circuits. 2. Damping Factor and Logarithmic Decrement – Response of Circuits for Non-Sinusoidal Periodic Inputs Unit IV: Coupled Circuits Self and Mutual Inductances – Co-Efficient of Coupling – Analysis of Coupled Circuits – Natural Current – Dot Rule for Coupled Circuits – Equivalent Circuit of Coupled Circuits – Coupled Circuits in Series And Parallel – Tuned Coupled Circuits – Double Tuned Circuits Unit V: Two Port Networks and Filters Driving Point and Transfer Impedances / Admittances – Voltage and Current Ratios of Two Port Networks – Admittance.. feedback amplifiers. Reference Books: 1. McGraw Hill International Editions. 2 Sudhakar. 2002. RC and RLC Series and Parallel Circuits – Free Response – Step and Sinusoidal Responses – Natural Frequency – Damped Frequency.New York.Alexander.A. and Shyam Mohan S. wave shaping and multi vibrator circuits Course Outcome: • • • Analyze the different types of diodes. 3. New York 2004. Khanna Publishers .McGrawHill.Premkumar. J. New Delhi. Mahmood Nahvi. “Engineering Circuit Analysis”. New Delhi. Charles K. Joseph Edminister. and Kemmerly. “Electric circuit Theory” ... Jr. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Thevenin – Norton – Millman’s and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems – Statement and Applications Unit III: Response of Electric Circuits Concept of Complex Frequency – Pole – Zero Plots – Frequency Response of RL– RC and RLC Circuits – Transient Response of RL.O. W. “Circuits and Network Analysis and Synthesis”. Impedance – Hybrid – Transmission and Image Parameters for Two – Port Networks – Impedance Matching Equivalent Pi and T Networks – Passive Filter as a Two Port Network – Characteristics of Ideal Filter – Low pass and High Pass Filter. Text Books: 1 M. Mcgraw Hill.Sadiku.Mathew N. Hyatt. “Electric circuits”.E.

“Microelectronics. Prentice Hall of India. New York.Class AB amplifier Unit IV: FET Circuits FET small signal model – Low frequency common source and common drain amplifiers – Biasing FET amplifiers – Low FET (NMOS) – BIFET Amplifiers Unit V: Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators Basic concepts of feedback amplifiers – Effect of negative feedback on input.Methods of Measurements .Measurement systems . New York. New Delhi. Jacob Millman and Halkias C. Thomas Floyd. 2008 2. stability.Average and RMS Value – Ripple FactorRegulation –Rectification efficiency – Transformer Utility Factor –Capacitor Filters . 2. 2008 10EI203 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Credits: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: • To gain knowledge about the measuring instruments and the methods of measurement and the use of different transducers Course Outcome: • To get the basic idea of measurements and the errors associated with measurement. ‘Electronic Devices and Circuits’. 2008.Static and Dynamic-Calibration of instruments – Errors in measurement Unit II: Classification and Characteristics of Transducer 3 Karunya University . David A Bell.” Mc Graw hill. Prentice hall of India.Ripple factor and regulation Unit II: Analysis of Transistor Circuits Load line analysis –Transistor hybrid model – Analysis of transistor amplifier using h parameters – Emitter follower – Millers Theorem – Cascading Transistor amplifier Unit III: Transistor Circuits as Amplifier Analysis of transistors at low – medium frequencies . gain.Deflection and Null TypeCharacteristics of Instruments . ‘Electronic Devices and Circuits’.Unit I: Diode Circuits Diode as a Circuit Element . Boylestad L. • To differentiate between the types of transducers available • To gain information about the function of various measuring instruments and using them Unit I: Science of Measurement Measurements .” Mc Graw hill. distortion and bandwidth – Voltage and current feedback circuits .Classification of Instruments .”Integrated Electronics.Bistable – Monostable and Astable Text Books: 1.Jacob Millman and Arvind Grabel.Multivibrators.Clipping circuitsRectifiers – Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifiers .RC coupled amplifier . Prentice hall of India. New Delhi 2003 3.Direct and Indirect MethodsGeneralized Measurement System. “Electronic Devices”.DC amplifiers – Class A/B/C – Single ended and Push Pull . New Delhi. 2004.. output resistances. Robert and Nashelsky Louis.Barkhausen criteria – RC and LC oscillators .Load line – Piecewise Linear Diode model . Reference Books: 1.

Resolution. 2003. etc. Mode of operation . 2000. E.O. Inductance Transducer:. Thermocouple –Compensation circuits – junction and lead compensation. impulse response and convolution. vibration sensors. Linearity. sound sensors.. Resistance strain gauge –Types – Resistance thermometer – Thermistors – characteristics. 10EI204 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Credits: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: • Coverage of continuous and discrete-time signals and systems. 2 S. Chennai. New York.Response to step – impulse – ramp and sinusoidal inputs Unit III: Resistive and Inductive Transducers Resistance Transducer-Basic principle – Potentiometer – Loading effects. signal processing and control.. Sawhney “A course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation”. “Measurement Systems Application and Design”. • Knowledge of frequency-domain representation and analysis concepts using Fourier Analysis tools.RVDTSynchro – Induction potentiometer-variable reluctance accelerometer-microsyn. optical encoder – digital speed transducer. Torque measurement on rotating shafts – shaft power measurement (dynamometers) Unit IV: Transducers based on Capacitance and other Transducers Capacitance Transducer – Basic principle.transducers using change in area of plates .properties of piezoelectric crystals-loading effect.Mechanical Devices and Primary detectors – Transducer – Definition. 2004.Primary sensing elements . Delhi .Hall effect transducer Unit V: Digital and other Miscellaneous sensors Digital Transducer – shaft encoder.Piezoelectric transducerBasic principle. McGraw Hill International. their properties and representations and methods that are necessary for the analysis of continuous and discretetime signals and systems.Basic principle – Linear variable differential transformer .I and II order. • Knowledge of time-domain representation and analysis concepts as they relate to difference equations. Allied publishers Limited. Renganathan “Transducer Engineering”. Reference Book: 1 Doebelin. Dhanpat Rai & Co.chemical sensor – PH sensor-Ultra sonic sensors – Smart sensors – Fibre optic sensors – Semiconductor IC sensors Text Books: 1 A.K. which will be taught in other courses.distance between plates. Course Outcome: • Characterize and analyze the properties of CT and DT signals and systems 4 Karunya University . Z-transform • Concepts of the sampling process • Mathematical and computational skills needed in application areas like communication. merits and demerits.variation of dielectric constants-frequency response . Magnetostrictive Transducer. Classification of Transducer –Characteristics and choice of transducer – Factors influencing choice of transducer – Mathematical model of transducer.

Algorithms and Applications . “Introduction to Analog and Digital Signal Processing”.• • • • Analyze CT and DT systems in Time domain using convolution Represent CT and DT systems in the Frequency domain using Fourier Analysis tools like CTFS. Bangalore . Sanjit .. John Wiley and Sons Inc. John . “Signals & Systems”. Unit I: Introduction. Prentice Hall.2005.. 2002. New Delhi. Reference Books: 1. “Digital Signal Processing Principles. Pearson Education Limited.New Delhi. “Signals & Systems – Continuous and Discrete”. DTFS and DTFT. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen. New Delhi. 2. 2002.Proakis . England.K. Mitra “Digital Signal Processing A Computer based approach” ‘Tata McGraw Hill Edition .Ifeachor “Digital Signal Processing A Practical Approach”. 2008. New Delhi 2006. Rodger E Zaimer and William H Tranter. Conceptualize the effects of sampling a CT signal Analyze CT and DT systems using Laplace transforms and Z Transforms. McMillan Publishing Company. Ashok Ambardar. PWS Publishing Company. Emmanuel C. Prentice Hall. Alan V Oppenheim.2001.G.Continuous and Discrete Time Signals and Systems Continuous Time (CT) signals – CT signal operations – Discrete Time(DT) signals – Representation of DT signals by impulses – DT signal operations – CT and DT systems – Properties of the systems – Linear Time Invariant(LTI) and Linear Shift Invariant(LSI) systems Unit II: Time Domain Representation of Continuous and Discrete Time Systems Continuous and Discrete Convolutions – CT system representations by differential equations – DT System representations by difference equations Unit III: Frequency Domain representation of CT systems Fourier series representation of periodic signals – Properties – Harmonic analysis of LTI systems – Convergence of Fourier series – Representation of a periodic signals by Continuous Time Fourier Transform (CTFT) – Properties – Frequency response of systems characterized by Differential Equations – Power and Energy Spectral Density – Parseval’s Relation Unit IV: Frequency Domain representation of DT systems Discrete Time Fourier series representation of DT periodic signals – Properties – Representation of DT aperiodic signals by Discrete Time Fourier Transform(DTFT) – Properties – Frequency response of systems characterized by Difference Equations – Power and Energy Spectral Density concepts related to DT signals – Parseval’s Relation – Sampling Theorem Unit V: Transform Operations of CT and DT Signals and Systems Review of Laplace Transforms-Z transform and its properties – Inverse Z transform – Solution of Difference equations – Analysis of LSI systems using Z transform Text Books: 1. 3. Alan S Wilsky and Hamid Nawab S. 2. “Signals & Systems”. CTFT. 2005. Newyork. 4. 5. 10EI205 CONTROL SYSTEMS Credits: 3: 1:0 5 Karunya University .

correlation between static and dynamic error coefficients Unit IV: Frequency Domain Analysis Frequency response.Lead.Gyroscope Unit III : Time Domain Analysis Types of test inputs-Response of first and second order system-Time domain specifications. Tata McGrawHill. “Modern control system”. B.Potentiometer .J.ControllersTachogenerator . B. 2006 3.Block diagram representationBlock diagram reduction technique-Signal Flow graph and Mason’s formula Unit II: Components of Control System Components of Automatic Control systems .Frequency domain specifications –correlation between time and frequency response.location of roots in s-plane for stability. I. New Delhi. New Jersey 2005. New Delhi.Nagrath and M. New Delhi.” Hanna Publications. Chennai. Gopal M. and PID controllers-steady state error-static error and generalized Error coefficients.Electrical analogy of physical systems-transfer function. 5.Nichol’s chart and M and N circles Unit V: Stability Analysis Concepts of stability: Characteristic equation.AC and DC servo motor. “Control System” Tech Max publications. Open loop and Closed loop systems. 2003 3. PI.Synchros . 6 Karunya University . Prentice Hall."Control System Engineering. Pune.” RBA publications.2006 2. Pearson Education. ”Linear Control Systems. Richard Dorf & Robert Bishop.” New Age international (P) Ltd. PD. “Modern Control Engineering”.Bode and Nyquist plotsPolar plot.S Manke. 2006. 2.type and order of a system-response with P. Ogata K.Gopal. Prentice Hall.Stepper motors . New Delhi. 2002. Delhi 2002 4.Routh-Hurwitz stability criterion-Root locus techniques Text Books: 1. 2002. lag and lead-lag compensators-Frequency response plots.Course Objective : • • • To teach the fundamental concepts of Control systems and mathematical modeling of the system To study the concept of time response and frequency response of the system To teach the basics of stability analysis of the system Course Outcome: • • • Represent the mathematical model of a system Determine the response of different order systems for various step inputs Analyse the stability of the system Unit I: Introduction Systems and their representation: Basic structure of control system. Digital Control and State variable Methods.asymptotic stability and relative stability. “Automatic control systems”.C Kuo. Barapate. Reference Books: 1. Nagoorkani A “ Control System.

2000.op-amp internal circuit . 2008 Reference Books 1 Denton J.voltage controlled oscillator Monolithic PLL . “Linear integrated circuits” .Use of op-amp with capacitive displacement transducer .2002 2 Ramkant Gaykwad.Clamper . 7 Karunya University .Band Pass .charge amplifier instrumentation amplifier .Application of PLL as .Current To Voltage Converter .Band reject filter .Wiley Eastern Ltd.First order and second order transformations .Low pass .Logarithmic Amplifier .IC voltage regulator .frequency doubling . “Op amps & Linear Integrated Circuits” .state variable filter .differential amplifier with active loads-current sources Unit II: Operation Amplifier and Applications: Inverter – Adder – Subtractor – Integrator – Differentiator – Multiplier – Divider – Comparator – Applications .Four quadrant multiplier & its applications . New York.phase detector and comparator . McGraw Hill.10EI206 SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITS Credits: 3: 1: 0 Course Objective: • To understand the basic concepts in the design of electronic circuits using linear integrated circuits and their applications in the processing of analog signals.Precision Rectifier .Precision Reference Regulator .offset – frequency-slew rate .frequency multiplication & division-frequency translation – AM – FM – FSK modulation and demodulation Text Books 1 Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain.Clipper .723 general-purpose regulators .High pass .isolation amplifier .Sample And Hold Circuit .AC characteristics.Monostable Operation Unit III: Amplifiers and Filters Buffer amplifier . Course Outcome: • Explain the general properties of an operational amplifier and design different feedback circuit • Design different amplifier circuits • Discuss the operation of multiplier and voltage regulator circuits • Discuss the operation and applications of PLL Unit I: Operational Amplifier Operational amplifier-ideal op-amp .DC characteristics –bias.filters . “Operational Amplifier and Liner integrated Circuits”. Dailey.analog and digital .555 Timers – Astable .switched capacitor filter Unit IV: Voltage Regulators and Multipliers Series op amp regulator.phase angle detection Unit V: PLL Basic principle .Voltage To Current Converter .frequency compensation techniques-Non inverting and inverting amplifier .

8 Karunya University .Addressing modes – Instruction set -Simple programmes in 8051 Unit V: Application of 8051 Typical applications – Keyboard and Display interfaction. 2.” Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Multiplexed seven segments LED display systems – Waveform generators– Stepper motor control Unit IV: Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller Architecture of 8051 – Memory Organization. New Jersey..Architecture. 2005. Unit I: Introduction to 8085 Functional Block Diagram – Registers – ALU. 2002. machine language programming & interfacing techniques. The students will learn the design of microprocessors/microcontrollers-based systems.Interrupt feature – Need for Interrupts Interrupt structure . Interrupts and DMA Addressing modes. Penram International publishing private limited.instruction timing diagrams . Programming and Applications with the 8085”. The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture. Ltd 2003 A. D/A and A/D conversions. “Microprocessor .instruction cycle and timing states .MCS 51 family features 8031/8051/8751. pulse measurement.interrupt structures – Timer and counters –Serial Data I/O. Ramesh S. “Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurement & Instrumentation” . “Operational Amplifier and Liner integrated Circuits.2005. Course Outcome: • • • The student will learn the internal organization of some popular microprocessors/microcontrollers.K Sawhney.Memory interfacing Unit II: Programming.Multiple Interrupt requests and their handling – Typical programmable interrupt controller-Need for direct memory access – Devices for Handling DMA – Typical DMA Controller features Unit III: Interfacing peripherals with 8085 Programmable peripheral interface (8255)––Interfacing ADC0801 A/D Converter –DAC 0800 D/As Converters .2 3 Coughlin and Driscoll.Instruction set .Gaonkar.Typical applications – MCS 51 family features 8031/8051/8751 Text Books: 1.Bus systems -Timing and control signals .Machine cycles. Delhi. 10EI207 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICRO CONTROLLERS Credits: 4:0:0 Course Objective: • To develop an in-depth understanding of the operation of microprocessors and microcontrollers. Programming & Applications II Edition Kenneth J Ayala . Dhanpat Rai & sons. The student will learn hardware and software interaction and integration.simple programs in 8085.

Reference Books : 1. A.P.Godse,G.P.Godse”Microprocessor & applications”,Technical Publication, Pune, 2004. 2. Douglas V.Hall, “Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003. 3. Microcontroller Hand Book, INTEL, 2008. 10EI208 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL Credits: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: • • • To equip the students with the knowledge of modelling a physical process To design Various control schemes To apply the control system in various processes

Course Outcome: • • • Students will be able to model a physical process. Students will have the knowledge of various controller designs, and methods of controller tuning. Students will be exposed to various complex control schemes, characteristics and application of control valves.

Unit I: Process dynamics Process Control System: Terms and objectives - piping and Instrumentation diagram - instrument terms and symbols- Process characteristics: Process equation- degrees of freedom- modeling of simple systems – thermal – gas – liquid systems- Self- regulating processes- interacting and noninteracting processes Unit II: Basic control actions Controller modes: Basic control action- two position- multi position- floating control modesContinuous controller modes: proportional, integral, derivative. PI – PD – PID – Integral wind-up and prevention- Auto/Manual transfer- Response of controllers for different test inputs- Selection of control modes for processes like level-pressure-temperature and flow Unit III: Optimum controller settings Controller tuning Methods: Evaluation criteria - IAE, ISE, ITAE. Process reaction curve method,Ziegler –Nichol’s tuning- damped oscillation method- Closed loop response of I & II order systems with and without valve -measuring element dynamics Unit IV: Final control elements Pneumatic control valves- construction details- types- plug characteristics- Valve sizing- Selection of control valves- Inherent and installed valve characteristics- Cavitation and flashing in control valves- Valve actuators and positioners Unit V: Advanced control system Cascade control- ratio control- feed forward control- Split range and selective controlMultivariable process control- interaction of control loops - Case Studies: Distillation columnboiler drum level control- Heat Exchanger and chemical reactor control 9 Karunya University

Text Books: 1. Stephanopoulos, “Chemical Process Control”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2003. 2. Coughanowr D.R., “Process Systems Analysis and Control”, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2008. 3. Curtis D .Johnson,”Process control instrumentation technology,” Prentice Hall , New Jersey 2006. Reference Books: 1. Smith C.L and Corripio. A..B, “Principles and Practice of Automatic Process Control”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2006. 2. Dale E. Seborg, Thomas F. Edgar, Duncan A. Mellichamp, “Process Dynamics and Control,” John Willey and Sons, Singapore, 2006. 3. B. Wayne Bequette, “Process control: modeling, design, and simulation” Prentice Hall , New Jersey-2003 4. Peter Harriott, “Process Control”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

10EI209 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION Credits: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: • To equip the students with the basic knowledge of Pressure, Temperature, flow, level, density and viscosity measurements. • To understand the construction and working of measuring instruments. Course Outcome: • The student will be equip with the basic knowledge of Pressure, Temperature, flow, level, density and viscosity measurements. • The student knows to calibrate the various instruments also he knows to apply the instrument in various fields. Unit I: Pressure Measurement Pressure measurement basics, standards- Manometers – Elastic elements- Electrical methods using strain gauge-High pressure measurement-Vacuum gauges - Mcleod gauge - Thermal conductivity gauges -Ionization gauge selection and application – Capacitance Pressure measurement- Piezoelectric - Calibration of Pressure gauge using Dead Weight Tester Unit II: Flow Measurement Flow measurement: Introduction - definitions and units- classification of flow meters- pitot tubesorifice meters- venturi tubes- flow tubes- flow nozzles- positive displacement liquid metersAnemometers: Hot wire/hot film anemometer- laser doppler anemometer (LDA)-electromagnetic flow meter- turbine and other rotary element flow meters- ultrasonic flow meters - Measurement of mass flow rate: radiation- angular momentum- impeller- turbine - Target flow meters-Flow meter selection- application- calibration Unit III: Temperature Measurement Temperature standards - fixed points -filled-system thermometers - Bimetallic thermometerResistance temperature detector (RTD) - principle and types - construction requirements for industry - measuring circuits- Thermistors - Thermocouple - Cold junction compensation- IC temperature sensors - Radiation pyrometer- Optical Pyrometer -Sensor selection- calibration and application 10 Karunya University

Unit IV: Level Measurement Visual techniques - float level devices- displacer level detectors- rotating paddle switchesdiaphragm - Air purge system and differential pressure detectors - resistance - capacitance and RF probes - radiation - conductivity - field effect - thermal – ultrasonic - microwave - radar and vibrating type level sensors – Solid level measurement - Sensor selection - calibration and application Unit V: Viscosity and Density Measurement Measurement of viscosity: definitions – units - Newtonian and Non-Newtonian behavior measurement of viscosity using laboratory viscometers - industrial viscometers - Viscometer selection and application- Measurement of density: Definitions – units - liquid density measurement - gas densitometers - online measurements - application and selection Text Books: 1. Doebelin E.O, “Measurement Systems: Application and Design”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2003.

Reference Books: 1. Liptak B.G, “Process Measurement and Analysis,” Chilton Book Company, Radnor, Pennsylvania, 2003. 2.Walt Boyes, “Instrumentation Reference Book,” Butterworth Heinemann, United States, 2003. 10EI210 LOGIC AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEMS Credits: 4:0:0 Course Objective • To study the fundamentals of Data Acquisition system • To teach the concept of PLC and the Programming using Ladder Diagram • To understand the basics of DCS and communication standards Course Outcome
• • •

Students will have the knowledge of data acquisition System Students will be able to write Programs using ladder diagrams Students will have the knowledge of DCS and communication standards

Unit I : Review of Computers in Process Control Data loggers – Data Acquisition Systems (DAS) – Direct Digital Control (DDC) – Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems (SCADA) – sampling considerations – Functional block diagram of computer control systems Unit II : Programmable Logic Controller(PLC) Basics Definition – overview of PLC systems- input/output modules- power supplies and isolatorsGeneral PLC programming procedures-programming on-off inputs/ outputs-Auxiliary commands and functions- PLC Basic Functions- register basics- timer functions- counter functions Unit III: PLC Intermediate Functions 11 Karunya University

analog PLC operation.matrix functions. “Johnson Process control instrumentation technology. 2006. McGraw Hill. Prentice Hall Inc.Skip and MCR functions . 2004. “Computer Control of Process. 2.networking of PLC. “Instrument Engineers Hand. New Delhi. M. “Process software and digital networks. New Jersey 2006. Petruzella. New York.” Narosa Publishing.Principles and Applications”. 3.LCU languages .G. “Programmable Logic Controllers . Ronald A Reis. Liptak.Foundation Field bus Text Books: 1. It gives the introductory idea about human physiology system which is very important with respect to design consideration Course Outcome: • • Students will have a clear knowledge about human physiology system.” CRC press.PLC Advanced functions: Alternate programming languages.PLC intermediate functions: Arithmetic functions . Industrial Field bus: PROFIBUS . New Delhi. It attempts to render a broad and modern account of biomedical instruments.comparison functions . 2003. 3.“ PHI.Process interfacing issues .G.communication facilities . Frank D. 2. PLC Advanced intermediate functions: Utilizing digital bitssequencer functions.data move systems. “Computer-Based Industrial Control.W. Webb.Florida-2003.Design of interlocks and alarms using PLC Unit IV : Introduction to (DCS) Distributed Control Systems (DCS): Definition .Chidambaram.” Prentice Hall . John.. 2003 Reference Books: 1. Process control and Optimization”. Liptak. “Programmable Logic Controllers”. They will have knowledge of the principle operation and design and the background knowledge of biomedical instruments and specific applications of biomedical engineering Unit I: Anatomy & Physiology of human body 12 Karunya University . 2004 4. Curtis D. B.PID functions-PLC installationtroubleshooting and maintenance. Krishna Kant.LCU . Pennsylvania.Local Control Unit (LCU) architecture . B. CRC pressRadnor. this course gives knowledge of the principle of operation and design of biomedical instruments.redundancy concept Unit V: Communication standards Introduction – Evolution of signal standards – HART communication protocol – communication modes – HART networks – Introduction – General Field bus architecture – basic requirements of field bus standard. New Jersey. 10EI211 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credits: 4: 0:0 Course Objective: • • • With widespread use and requirements of medical instruments.

2009.principle physiological system: Cardiovascular .MRI instrumentation .heart-lung machine – Dialysis . 2.spectrophotometer – Colorimeter.Ultrasound scanner .Oximeters Audiometer Unit III: Therapeutic and Surgical Equipments. 3. “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements”. Arumugam. Patient Safety: Electric Shock Hazards .Telemetry: Wireless telemetry.respiration rate .Cardiac output measurement . 3.Automated Biochemical analysis system . Carr and John M. R. 2004. Myer Kutz.Blood Gas Analyzer: Blood pH Measurement. “Biomedical Instrumentation".Bioelectric signals: ECGEMG – ECG . New Delhi.Total artificial heart (TAH). Patient safety Electro Surgical unit: short wave & microwave diathermy .Origin of bioelectric signal .Blood Cell Counters: Types and Methods of cell counting Unit V: Imaging technique & Telemetry X-ray – C. 2007.Leakage Current Unit IV: Clinical Laboratory Instruments Clinical Flame photometer .Khandpur. Reference Books: 1. 2006.vector cardiograph . pacemaker .Multi patient Telemetry. Prentice Hall of India.M. Course Outcome: • To expose the students to the concepts of feed forward neural networks.chromatography. Prentice Hall of India.EOG and their characteristics Unit II: Measurement of Physiological Parameters Physiological transducers . Delhi.Nervous system . 13 Karunya University . New York. “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”. Webster. 2. Cromwell. Joseph J. Brown.Measurement of Blood pCO2.” McGrawHill Publisher.Blood pO2 Measurement. Anuradha Agencies Publishers. • To provide adequate knowledge about feedback neural networks.single channel and multichannel telemetry system.T.Respiratory system.Laser surgical unit-Defibrillators.Implantable Telemetry systems Text Books: 1. New Delhi.B. scan . “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”.Blood flow . 2003.The cell & its electrical activity.Muscular system . 10EI212 NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC CONTROL Credits: 4: 0:0 Course Objective: • To cater the knowledge of Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic Control and use these for controlling real time systems. “Standard Handbook of Biomedical Engineering & Design.measurement of lung volume . “Medical Instrumentation – Application & Design. 2003.heart rate . Pearson Education India.” John Wiley and sons Inc. Netherlands. Kumbakonam.Measurement of Blood pressure .Anesthesia machine – Ventilators .Nerve stimulators .Echo cardiograph – angiography .

2001.Boston.J.. Reference Books: 1 Klir G. To provide adequate knowledge about fuzzy set theory. Ltd. 2. Articulation Control) Unit III: Fuzzy Systems Classical sets – Fuzzy sets – Fuzzy relations – Fuzzification – Defuzzification – Fuzzy rules Unit IV: Fuzzy Logic Control Membership function – Knowledge base – Decision-making logic – Optimisation of membership function using neural networks – Adaptive fuzzy system – Introduction to genetic algorithm Unit V: Application of FLC Fuzzy logic control – Inverted pendulum – Image processing – Home heating system – Blood pressure during anesthesia – Introduction to neuro fuzzy controller Text Books: 1.”Fuzzy set theory and its Applications. Pearson Education.Transform • To study the stability analysis of digital control system 14 Karunya University .” Kluwer Academic Publishers. New Delhi. & Folger T. 2004. 2008. New Delhi. “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems..” PWS Publishing Co. ‘Fundamentals of Neural Networks’.” John Willey and Sons. To provide comprehensive knowledge of fuzzy logic control and adaptive fuzzy logic and to design the fuzzy control using genetic algorithm. 3.”Fuzzy sets. Kosko.” Narosa publishers.A. Englewood cliffs. 2 Zimmerman H. “Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems: A Dynamical Approach to Machine Intelligence. 2005. 2001. Timothy J Ross .“Fuzzy Logic With Engineering Applications. identification and control of dynamical systems-case studies (Inverted Pendulum. To provide adequate knowledge of application of fuzzy logic control to real time systems. Unit I: Architectures Introduction – Biological neuron – Artificial neuron – Neuron modeling – Learning rules – Single layer – Multi layer feed forward network – Back propagation – Learning factors Unit II: Neural Networks For Control Feedback networks – Discrete time hop field networks – Schemes of neuro-control. B.. 2008. 10EI213 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS Credits: 3:1:0 Course Objective: • To equip the students with the basic knowledge of A/D and D/A conversion • To understand the basics of Z.” Prentice Hall.. 4 Laurance Fausett. Pune. Jacek M. England. N.• • • To teach about the concept of fuzziness involved in various systems. 2002.J.” Prentice –Hall of India Pvt.. “Introduction to Fuzzy Control. Dordrecht. New Delhi. Hellendroon. West Sussex. Zurada. uncertainty and Information. 3 Driankov.J.

A/D & D/A converters . David Powell.Digital quantization. Dorf. Demodulation.Dahlin's and Kalman's algorithms . 2. J.Implementation of control algorithms using microcontroller – Block diagram study of digital implementation. Gene F. Data conversion and Multiplexing Course Outcome: • Students will be familiar with the techniques involved in the transfer of information in the field of Radio communication 15 Karunya University .Positional and incremental forms .Zero Order Hold Unit II: System Response Review of Z and Inverse Z transform .Steady state errors . Richard C. Gopal M. New Delhi.• To equip the basic knowledge of digital process control design Course Outcome: • Students will have the basic knowledge of A/D and D/A conversion • Students will have the knowledge of Z.Ringing .Z domain equivalent.Sampled data model for continuous system .” Pearson Education inc.Dead-beat algorithm. State sequences for sampled data systems .Jury's stability test . Text Books: 1.Modified Z transform Unit III: Function Realisation Pulse transformation function by direct. 2003 Reference Books: 1. cascade and parallel realization . Franklin. 2008 10EI214 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING Credits: 4: 0: 0 Course Objective: • To equip students with various issues related to analog and digital communication such as modulation.Transform • Students will have knowledge of digital process control design Unit I: Sample Theory and Converters Review of Sample theory . “Digital Control and State variable Methods”. Noise handling. Bishop. Digital to Analog conversion – Analog to Digital conversion. 2. “Modern control systems.2002. Robert H.Shannon's sampling theorems .Reconstruction .Ramp type A/D-Dual slope A/D-Successive approximation A/D . Ogata.Design of state feedback and output feedback control Unit IV: Stability of Digital Control Systems Stability studies .solutions Unit V: Digital Process Control Design Digital PID algorithm . New Delhi.Response of sampled data systems to step and ramp inputs .Bilinear transformation . Tata McGrawHill. New Delhi 2008.Sampled Data Control system. Pearson Education Limited. New Delhi. “Discrete Time Control Systems”. Prentice-hall Of India. “Digital control of dynamic systems”.Controllability and observability.

4. Television. USA. “Electronic Communication”. 2008. Tata McGraw – Hill. Delhi. 2004 3 Wayne Tomasi. New Delhi. Anokh Singh.Principle of AM – FM and PM – modulation index– signal power – DSBSC-SSBSC-Independent sideband-vestigial sideband Unit II: Transmitters and Receivers AM and FM transmitters and receivers – AM and FM modulators and demodulators – Comparison of AM. 2006. McGraw-Hill. Cellular and Satellite Communication Unit I: Radio Communication Systems Need for Modulation . Kennedy G. Prentice Hall of India LTD. A “Communication Systems”. 3. PPM.TV signals – TV receivers – Color TV-Radar concepts. Simon Haykins.• • Students will be able to detect and correct the errors that occur due to noise during transmission Students will be able to understand the concepts of Facsimile.. “Principles of Communication Engineering”. 2001. S.Inc.Modem functions – RS232 operation . Course Outcome: 16 Karunya University .. PCM – delta modulation – differential PCM – merits and demerits – comparison of pulse modulation schemes-Digital modulation and demodulation systems: FSK – ASK . 5. Taub and Schilling “Principles of Communication Systems”. 2004 Reference Books: 1. “Communication Systems”. how it can be produced and where it is used. New York. New Delhi. “Electronic communication systems”. 2 William Scheweber. Prentice Hall of India LTD.Chand and Company Ltd.Error detection and correction – Multiplexing introduction – TDM & FDM Unit V: Facsimile & Television Facsimile. PDM. John Wiley. 10EI215 ULTRASONIC INSTRUMENTATION Credits: 4:0:0 Course Objective: • To know the basics of Ultrasonic’s.. New York. 2007.Basic concepts of Satellite communication and cellular communication Text Books: 1 Roody and Coolen . Prentice Hall of India LTD.2008. McGraw-Hill. New Delhi.PSK Unit IV: Data Transmission Twisted pair and coaxial cables – Fiber optics – Sources and detectors – Fiber optic Complete system –A/D and D/A converters. 2. “Electronic Communication Systems”. Bruce Carlson. FM and PM – Noise –Sources and Types of noise -Effects of noise in AM and FM systems Unit III: Digital Communication Systems PAM. New Delhi. “Electronic Communication Systems”. 2001.

Alan B.” CRC Press. this course gives knowledge of the principle of operation and design of biomedical instruments. Level measurement – Sensor for Temperature and Pressure measurements Unit IV :Ultrasonic Application Measuring thickness-depth-Rail Inspection using Ultrasonic. James V. J. G. Sanders. • It attempts to render a broad and modern account of biomedical instruments. Lawrence E. ”Ultrasonics Data.2007. L. 2004.diagnosis and therapy.David N. Baldev Raj.Precise Measurement: Pulse-echo Overlap. ter Harr.Frey. reflection and transmission coefficients – intensity and attenuation of sound beam.Equations and Their Practical Uses.2009.Viscosity measurement.Inspection of Welds and defect detection in welds of anisotropic materials Unit V :Ultrasonic Applications in Medical Field Medical Imaging.” VSP. 2. “Ultrasonic Diagnostics in Medicine. Hill.SONAR.Stulen. England. Austin R. C. 4.USA. V. Bulavin.A. 2004.” John Wiley and Sons Inc.Palanichamy.transit time-resonance. UK. Unit I: Ultrasonic Waves Principles and propagation of various waves – characterization of ultrasonic transmission. Florida.Optical Method-Electrical Method. YU.” CRC Press.R. 3.Coppens.Boston. • It gives the introductory idea about human physiology system which is very important with respect to design consideration 17 Karunya University . Alpha Science International. Reference Books: 1.” John Wiley & sons. Bamber.R. 10EI216 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit: 3:0:0 Course Objective: • With widespread use and requirements of medical instruments. “Fundamentals of Acoustics. Foster B. “Science and Technology of Ultrasonics”.Cross correlation-Computer Based Automated methods: Pulse-echo OverlapCross correlation-search unit types Unit III: Classification of Ultrasonic Test Methods Pulse echo.2000.J.Cheeke. “Physical Principles of Medical Ultrasonics.F.• The students after completion of course they come to know the basics of Sonics with application.Kinsler.acoustical holography Text Books: 1. 2.C. Dale Ensminger. P.”Fundamentals and Applications of Ultrasonic Waves.Zabashta. Koninklijke Brill.Rajendran.direct contact and immersion type and ultrasonic methods of flaw detection – Flow meters – Density measurement. Power level – medium parameters Unit II :Generation/ Detection of Ultrasonic Waves Magnetostrictive and piezoelectric effects – construction and characteristics – Detection of Ultrasonic Waves: Mechanical method. 2002.

Prentice Hall of India. EOG and their characteristics and recording Unit III: Measurement of Physiological Parameters Physiological transducers.Electromagnetic and ultrasonic blood flowmeterblood pressure.Blood pCO2. 2004.automated Biochemical analyzer– Medical Diagnosis with chemical tests Unit V: Therapeutic Equipments & Imaging Technique Defibrillators .T.Electrophoresis.X-ray. Joseph J. 18 Karunya University . 2007.MRI instrumentation Text Books: 1. Anuradha Agencies Publishers. 3. “Standard Handbook of Biomedical Engineering & Design. Netherlands. New York. EMG . 2003.Blood pO2.” John Wiley and sons Inc.types of electrodes – Electrodes for ECG. “Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology”.colorimeter-spectro photometer. ECG and EOG – Bioelectric signals: ECG . “Biomedical Instrumentation". 2003.M. “Medical Instrumentation – Application & Design.pacemaker-heart-lung machine-Dialysis-Anesthesia machine-Ventilators. 2. Course Outcome: • The students after completion of course they come to know the basics of Sonics with application. 2.B. Webster.position and Motionpressure-Photoelectric Transducer – Oximeters. “Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements”. New Delhi. Carr and John M. Pearson Education India.Nervous systemRespiratory system.Khandpur. Reference Books: 1. Kumbakonam. 2006. scan. Arumugam. how it can be produced and where it is used. Cromwell. EMG. “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”. New Delhi. 2009.C. Brown.” McGraw-Hill Publisher. 10EI217 ULTRASONIC INSTRUMENTATION Credits 3:0:0 Course Objective: • To know the basics of Ultrasonics.Nerve stimulators. Delhi. Prentice Hall of India. Myer Kutz. 4.Muscular system Unit II: Electrodes and Bioelectric Signals Bioelectrodes.cardiac output Unit IV: Bio-Chemical Measurement Blood pH.Course Outcome: • Students will have a clear knowledge about human physiology system. • They will have knowledge of the principle operation and design and the background knowledge of biomedical instruments and specific applications of biomedical engineering Unit I: Physiology of Human Body Cell & its electrical activity. R.Classification of Transducer: Displacement.Clinical flame photometer.principle physiological system: Cardiovascular.vision.

Level measurement-Sensor for Temperature and Pressure measurements.Stulen. 4. 10EI218 MODERN CONTROL SYSTEMS Credits: 3:1:0 Course Objective • • • To teach the fundamental concepts of Control systems and mathematical modelling of the system To study the concept of time response and frequency response of the system To teach the basics of stability analysis of the system Course Outcome • • • Students will have the knowledge of mathematical modelling of the system Students will be able to find the response of different order systems for a step input Students will be able to identify the stability of the system 19 Karunya University . Reference Book: 1. “Fundamentals of Acoustics.C. Foster B.Rajendran. Koninklijke Brill. Dale Ensminger. James V.Coppens.Testing Methods: Pulse echo.USA. Florida. ter Harr.” John Wiley & sons. Generation of ultrasonic waves: Magnetostrictive and piezoelectric effects.Frey.R.resonance-direct contact and immersion type and ultrasonic methods of flaw detection Unit III: Ultrasonic Sensor Flow meters-Density measurement-Viscosity measurement. England.” John Wiley and Sons Inc. Lawrence E. Hill. YU. 2009. 2.” VSP.Concrete Testing. V. P.Cross correlation.Kinsler.Computer Based Automated methods: Pulse-echo Overlap-Cross correlation.J.2007.Precise Measurement: Pulse-echo Overlap. 3. “Physical Principles of Medical Ultrasonics.Equations and Their Practical Uses. Bulavin. ”Ultrasonics Data.Evaluation of Mechanical Properties: Tensile and yield Strength.A.” CRC Press.transit time.Palanichamy. New Delhi.Unit I: Ultrasonic Waves Principles and propagation of various waves-characterization of ultrasonic Transmission.Fracture toughness-SONAR Unit V: Ultrasonic Medical Application Medical Imaging-diagnosis and therapy-acoustical holography Text Books: 1.search unit types-phase array-construction and characteristics Unit II: Ultrasonic Measurement Technique Detection of Ultrasonic Waves: Mechanical method.Thickness measurement Unit IV: Ultrasonic Application Non-destructive Testing: Inspection of Welds and defect detection in welds of anisotropic materials. Alan B. “Ultrasonic Diagnostics in Medicine. C.Hardness.Boston.R.Optical Method. 2004.2000. Sanders. Bamber.Electrical Method.forgings Castings . G.Zabashta. Science and Technology of Ultrasonics-Baldev Raj.Rail Inspection. Austin R.F. Narosa Publishing House. L. 2004.

New Delhi.:"Control System Engineering". K.time domain specifications .Unit I: Introduction Open loop and closed loop systems . Eaglewood. "Modern Control Systems Engineering".Routh Hurwitz criterion -Root Locus Techniques Unit V: State Space Analysis of Control Systems State space representation – The concept of state – State space representation of systems – Solution of state equations – Eigen values and Eigen vectors of n x n nonsingular matrix – Diagonalization of n x n matrix – Transfer matrix – Controllability – Observability Text Books: 1.transnational and rotational mechanical systems and analogous electrical systems . 2002.Nyquist stability criterion . Kuo. Bode plot ..c servo motor – Mathematical representation – block diagram – signal flow graph and transfer function of electrical systems Unit II :Time Response Time response .location of roots in s plane for stability .c and d.estimation of the specifications for a second order system. Ogata. "Automatic Control Systems"..Nichol's chart .potentiometer synchros . 20 Karunya University . Nagrath and Gopal.static error and generalized error coefficients Unit III :Frequency Response Frequency domain specifications . Prentice Hall. Reference Books: 1. John Wiley & Sons.2002. New York. Wiley & Sons.Basic components of control systems . 2.characteristic equation .applications of Bode plots and Nyquist stability criterion – polar plot Unit IV: Stability Analysis Stability . New Jersey. 2007.a.type and order of a system . Benjamin C.step response of first order and second order systems ..tachogenerator .steady state error .

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS  & INSTRUMENTATION  ENGINEERING           .

To understand the operation and construction of various transducers. Code 10EI301 10EI302 10EI303 10EI304 10EI305 10EI306 10EI307 10EI308 10EI309 10EI310 10EI311 10EI312 10EI313 10EI314 10EI315 10EI316 10EI317 10EI318 10EI319 10EI320 10EI321 10EI322 10EI323 Subject Transducer Engineering Process Control Advanced Control Systems Advanced Programmable Signal Processor Advanced Digital Signal Processing Advanced Microcontrollers Digital System Design Data Communication.frequency response of second order transducer-higher order transducerprocedure to determine the constants and transfer function of a system Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  1  . The student will be able to select a suitable transducer for a given application. To familiarize the sensors used for each application. The student will be able to design a transducer as per the requirement.REVISED AND NEW SUBJECTS Sub. Unit I : Generalized Characteristics of Transducers Introduction-static characteristics-dynamic characteristics-frequency response of first ordertransducer. Networks and Protocols Modeling of Physiological Systems Advanced Medical Instrumentation Biomaterials Hospital Management Communication Theory and Telemetry Anatomy and Physiology Discrete Time Control Systems Medical Sensors Advanced Instrumentation & Process Control For Food Processing Embedded Linux Advanced Embedded Systems Lab Medical Diagnostics And Therapeutic Lab Optimal Control Theory Networks And Protocols For Medical System Real Time and Embedded Systems Credit 4:0:0 3: 1 : 0 3:1:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 3:1:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 0: 0 : 2 0: 0 : 2 4:0:0 4:0:0 4:0:0 10EI301 TRANSDUCER ENGINEERING Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: • • • • To understand the basic characteristics of Transducers. To study the design aspects of the sensor. Course Outcome: • • • The student will be able to find the dynamics of the transducer.

sensors and the principles-magneto resistive sensors-hall effect and sensor – inductance and eddy current sensors . • To introduce the concept of Multivariable systems and decoupling • To analyze complex control schemes Course Outcome: • Students will be able to develop mathematical model of a physical process. Oxford University Press.S.D. Capacitive Elements. New Delhi. Vibration using . “Measurement Systems-Applications and Design”. Allied publishers.Renganathan.O. 2003. 2003. New Delhi 2003 10EI302 PROCESS CONTROL Credit: 3: 1: 0 Course Objective: • To equip the students with the basic knowledge of Process Modeling. ”Sensors and Transducers” .Unit II : Resistance and Inductance Transducer Basic principle-potentiometer-resistance strain gauge-measurement of torque-stress measurement on rotating members-semi conductor strain gauges-contact pressurehumidity measurement.angular movement transducer-electromagnetic flow meter-switching magnetic sensor Unit V : Design of Electromechanical Transducers Design of Electromechanical Transducers for: Force. Piezoelectric Crystals. 2000. • Students will have the knowledge of MIMO process and decoupling • Students will be able to demonstrate various control algorithms in the real time complex process Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  2  . typical application in each design case Reference Books: 1. Dr. H K P Neubert..Prentice Hall of India. Stress. • To understand various controllers and control algorithms. McGraw Hill. E. Doeblin. Introduction-material for piezoelectric transducer-equivalent circuit of a piezoelectric crystal . 4.microsyn Unit III : Capacitance and Piezoelectric Transducers Basic principle-capacitance displacement transducer. Basic principle-linear variable differential transformer-LVDT equations-RVDT-application of LVDT-LVDT pressure transducer-synchros. 2. Cambridge. New York.synchros as position transducer-induction potentiometer-variable reluctance accelerometer. “Transducer Engineering”. Partranabis.Strain-gauge.piezoelectric coefficients. LVDT. 3.modes of deformation-general form of piezoelectric transducers -environmental effects Unit IV : Magnetic sensors Introduction. Pressure.differential pressure transducerfeedback type capacitance proximity pickup-condenser microphone-pulse width modulating circuit. “Instrument Transducers”. • Students will be able to design various controllers.

classification of variablesProcess characteristics: Process equation. 6.R. floating control modes. Continuous controller modes: proportional.. 2003.2008 3. liquid systems. Response of Controllers for different types of test inputs-selection of control mode for different process with control scheme. New Jersey-2003 4. Duncan A. New Delhi. modeling of simple systems – thermal. Unit III: Controller Tuning and Advanced Control Strategies Optimum controller settings. “Principles and Practice of Automatic Process Control”. integral. Composite controller modes: PI. Thomas F.L and Corripio. load disturbance and their effect on processes-Self-regulating processes-interacting and non.Regulator and servo control.’ Process control: modeling. McGraw-Hill Higher Education.Unit I: Introduction to Process Control Process Control System: Terms and objectives. T. 5. Integral wind-up and prevention. Mellichamp..E. Auto/Manual transfer.Model predictive control . Edgar.Decoupling control.B. Process Control.Adaptive control. piping and Instrumentation diagram.model equations for a binary distillation columnTransfer function matrix-Method of inequalities.Control valve types: linear. two position.Centralized controller Unit V: Complex Control Techniques Internal model control . PID.Tuning of controllers by process reaction curve methoddamped oscillation method. instrument terms and symbols. Second Edition McGraw Hill NewYork. degrees of freedom. Seborg. Coughanowr D. equal percentage and quick opening valve. Wayne Bequette. Unit II: Control Action and Final Control Element Controller modes: Basic control action.Ratio control. “Process Dynamics and Control” .Control Valve sizing.Cascade control. Stephanopoulos G. design. 2006.Ziegler Nichol’s tuning-Pole placement method-Feed forward control. PD. Process lag. gas. multi-position. 2006..A. 2000 10EI303 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Course Objective: • • To Understand the basics of mathematical modeling To study the stability analysis of linear and non linear systems 3  Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  . Smith C. and simulation’ Prentice Hall .single loop and overall stability. Singapore. “Chemical Process Control. Unit IV: Design of Controllers for Multivariable Systems Introduction to multivariable system-evolution of loop interaction –evolution of relative gains.Dynamic matrix control-model-Generalized predictive control Reference Books: 1.interacting processes. “Process Systems Analysis and Control”. 2. Marlin.Split range control. John Wiley and Sons.Averaging controlInferential control. B. Prentice Hall. derivative. Dale E.Willey India. New York..

Ogata K. New Jersey. 2001.Permanent Magnet stepper motor. 10EI304 ADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE SIGNAL PROCESSOR Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: • The course is aimed at providing the advanced programmable processors to meet a range of practical applications.limit cycle .Observability and constructability . 5.Lyapunov function for nonlinear system.Course Outcome: • • At the end of the course students will be able apply the modeling concepts Students will be equipped with stability analysis of linear and non linear systems Unit I: Modeling of Dynamic Systems Definition of System.Full order and reduced order Estimator. 2003. Upper Saddle River.Taylor Series.Phase plane. 3. Weiping Li. “Applied nonlinear control”.Principle of Linearization of Differential Equation Unit III: State Space Analysis Reachability and controllability . singular points. Gopal M. New Jersey.Combined controller estimator compensator Unit IV: Stability of Nonlinear System Stability of Nonlinear system . New Jersey 2009 2. Prentice Hall Inc. Jean-Jacques E.Runge Kutta method.State estimator .Lyapunov stability theorems .Two Degrees of Freedom Control-Design consideration of Robust Control.M. New Delhi. Slotine.variable gradient method. Rao.State space representation of systemCentrifugal Governor-Ground vehicle. Reference Books: 1.. Digital Control and State variable Methods.Euler’s method. Vidyasagar .Modifications of PID control scheme. Singiresu S..Krasovskii’s method.Phase plane analysis. Pearson Education. “Modern Control Engineering”.Mathematical modeling.Companion forms Controller / Observer form . 2004.Predictor Corrector method.Isoclines. constructing phase portraits.State feed-back control . New Jersey 2002 4. “Nonlinear system analysis”. “Applied Numerical Methods” Prentice Hall. Unit V: Robust PID Control Introduction to robust control: PID Tuning. Tata McGrawHill.Inverted Pendulum Unit II: Analysis of Mathematical Models State space method. Course outcomes: Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  4  .describing function analysis.Numerical methods. Prentice Hall Inc.

Digital Filters. Unit II: Introduction to Programmable DSPs Multiplier and Multiplier Accumulator. “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design”. shift invariance. The students can apply object-oriented techniques and FPGA codings to the problem of extending a larger software system to implement digital signal processing techniques Unit I: Overview of Digital Signal Processing and Applications Signals and their Origin.Load / Store Instructions-Addition/ Subtraction Instructions -Move Instructions -Multiplication Instructions.• • The students will know the in-depth knowledge in programmable processors and its applications.Multiported Memory.The NORM Instruction-Program Control Instruction -Peripheral Control-Pipeline Structure-Pipeline operation.Central Arithmetic Logic Unit-Auxiliary Register ALU – Index Register-Auxiliary Register Compare Register-Block Move Address RegisterBlock Repeat Registers-Parallel Logic Unit -Memory –Mapped Registers-Program controller-Some Flags in the status Registers-On-Chip Memory-On –Chip Peripherals Unit IV: TMS320C5X Assembly Language Instructions and Instruction Pipelining in C5X Assembly Language Syntax-Addressing Modes. MACD instructions. Pearson Education. FIR filter.Multiple Access Memory.USA. New Delhi-2005 10EI305 ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Credit: 3:1:0 Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  5  . Convolution using MAC.Bhaskar. IIR filter in FPGA Reference Books 1. 2003. Unit III: Architecture of TMS320C5X Introduction – Bus Structure.Linearity.Multi-rate Signal Processing. 2. Spinger. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 3. TMH.Convolution and Inverse Filtering-Sampling theorem and discrete time system. New York. Stephen Brown. Causality and stability of discrete time systems-Z Transform -Advantages of Digital Signal Processing -DSP in the sample and transform domain-Fast Fourier Transform. “Digital Signal Processor”.VLIW Architecture –Pipelining –Special Addressing Modes in P-DSPs-On-Chip Peripherals. Zvonko Vranesic.Venkataramani & M. Implementation of basic MAC unit. 2003. “ Application Specific Integrated Circuits”.2005 4. Meyer-Baese “Digital Signal Processing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays”. New Delhi. Michael John Sabastian Smith. Unit V: DSP with FPGA FPGA Technology pros and cons behind FPGA and programmable signal processors. U.Modified Bus structures and Memory Access schemes in P-DSPs. B.Normal pipeline operation.FIR filter implementation. FPGA structure.

Addison-Wesley. Sanjit . Structure realization of FIR filter using MATLAB. classification and properties of systems. FIR Filter design based on windowed Fourier series. We will review the mathematical basis of discrete time signal analysis. California. Addision Wesley. polyphase filter structures.Characterization and Classification of continuous time signals and Discrete time signals. power and energy spectral density Radix 2FFT. Unit II : DT Signals in Transform Domain Discrete Fourier Transforms (DFT) and its properties. Tata McGraw. “Digital Signal Processing Principles. multistage implementation of multirate system. Course outcome • Students will learn the essential advanced topics in DSP that are necessary for successful Postgraduate level research.K. John .G.Proakis. • Students will have the ability to solve various types of practical problems in DSPUnit I : Introduction Signals and their origin. Emmanuel C. Frequency sampling method. New Delhi.Decimation by an integer factor -Interpolation by an integer factor –sampling rate conversion by a rational factor. filter implementation for sampling rate conversion.difference equation. Algorithms and Applications”.Course objective • This course covers the techniques of modern signal processing that are fundamental to a wide variety of application areas. direct form FIR structures.Ifeachor “Digital Signal Processing A Practical Approach”.application-Phase shifters – audio sub bandcoding References Books: 1. 2002 Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  6  . digital filters. Mitra “Digital Signal Processing A Computer based approach”. discuss the theory and implementation of FFT algorithms. 2006. Z-Transform and its properties – Inverse Z-transform Unit III : Design of IIR Filters Block diagram Representation of digital filter-Basic IIR digital filter structures.Structure Realization Using MATLAB-Preliminary consideration in digital filter design – Bilinear transformation Unit IV : Design of FIR Filters Basic FIR Filter Structure. Computational advantages of FFT over DFT-Decimation in time FFT algorithm-Decimation-in Frequency FFT algorithm. 3. 2. 2001. Time domain characterization of DT system – convolution. window based FIR filter design using MATLAB. Least square error FIR filter design using MATLAB Unit V Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing Mathematical description of change of sampling rate-Interpolation and Decimation Direct digital domain approach . equiripple linear phase FIR filter design using MATLAB. USA.

Architecture. John. Unit I: Microcontroller Introduction – architecture of microcontrollers – types .Peatman. 4.examples – selectionapplications.B. 2000. Raj Kamal – “Microcontrollers . Programming. “Design with PIC Micro Controller”. Thomson Delmar Learning . Mohammad Ali Mazide. New Delhi. 3.Operating Mode Selection. Pearson Education. prentice Hall of India. USA.microcontroller resources – bus width.I/O port expansion – I2C bus for peripheral chip access. 2003.– programming examples. Unit III: 8096/80196 Family Architecture of 8096 – addressing Modes – instruction set – memory map in Intel 80196 family MCU system – I/O ports – programmable timers – Interrupts. Hyderabad.program and data memory. Steave Furber. Kenneth Ayala . New Jersey. Unit V: PIC Micro Controller CPU Architecture – Instruction set – Interrupts – Timers –Memory.A/D converter – UART. Pearson Education.Mckinlay. “ The 8051 micro controller and embedded systems using assembly and C”.10EI306 ADVANCED MICRO CONTROLLERS Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • To learn recent trends in advanced microcontroller applications Course Outcome • • • Students will have an ability to program microcontrollers for embedded applications Students will have the knowledge of several different processors are employed in order to illustrate architecture differences and to show common characteristics. Janice Gillispic Mazidi. Reference Books: 1. 2004 Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  7  . Rolin D. Unit IV: High Performance RISC Architecture Introduction to 16/32 bit processor – ARM architecture – The ARM instruction set – The thumb instruction set – programmers model . 2006 5. Registers. Interfacing and System Design”.” ARM system–on–chip architecture” Addison Wesley. USA.”The 8051 Microcontroller”. Unit II: Intel 8051 Architecture of 8051 – Memory Organization – counters and timers – USART – interrupts – peripherals and interfacing – digital and analog interfacing methods Addressing modes – Instruction set . 2005. Students can be able to design the microcontroller for their projects. 2.parallel ports– On chip ADC &DAC – reset – watchdog timer – real-time clock.

Design of combination and sequential circuits using PLD’sProgramming techniques . 2. Givone “Digital principles and Design” Tata McGraw Hill. Unit II: FPGA and CPLD Types of ASICs . • Students will have the knowledge of FPGA architecture.data operators.ASM chart. Course Outcome • Students will be able to design different programmable logic devices. Unit I: Programmable Logic Devices Basic concepts . Unit III: Synchronous Sequential Networks Structure and operation of clocked synchronous sequential networks (CSSN) . • Students will be able to design the combinational & sequential logic circuits in FPGA. • Students can be able to write the program in VHDL & Verilog code. 2004. Unit V: Introduction to Verilog Typical design flow – basic concepts –data types .modules and ports – gate level modeling – data flow modeling – behavioral modeling – timing and delaysexamples.10EI307 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • To provide an in-depth knowledge of the design of digital circuits and the use of Hardware Description Language in digital system design. Donald G. Roth Jr.Programmable Logic Array (PLA) . New Delhi. 2007.Static and Dynamic Hazards – Detecting hazards – Eliminating hazards – Essential hazards Unit IV: Introduction to VHDL Basic concepts – identifiers – data operators – data types – data objects –Behavioral modeling – Data flow modeling – structural modeling – subprograms and over loading – packages and libraries.Design Flow . Charles H.Programmable Array Logic (PAL) .programmable read only memory (PROMs) .Semi custom and full custom IC design. “Fundamentals of Logic design” Jaico Publishing House Mumbai.analysis of CSSN – modeling CSSN – state assignment – realization using PLD.ASM realization. Reference Books: 1.CPLD-Altera Max 7000 Series. Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  8  .Type of FPGA – Xilinx XC3000 Series – Xilinx XC4000 Series -Logic Cell Array (LCA) – Configurable Logic Blocks (CLB) Input/output Blocks (I/OB) – Programmable Interconnects .Design of state machines using ASM.

Fiber-optic cables.Communication principlesCommunication modes.Interface to serial printers. Electrical Noise and Error Detection Origin of errors. 2003 5.Parallel data communications interface standards.Ethernet Protocol operation Ethernet hardware requirements.3. “A VHDL Synthesis Primer”.Sources of electrical noiseElectrical coupling of noise –Shielding. New Delhi.Synchronous systems. The RS-485 interface standard.S . control and correction. 2006. To introduce the concept of communication protocols and give an overview of Data Communication Standards. Hyderabad. 4.Smith. Bhaskar.Balanced and unbalanced transmission lines.Serial interface converters. Course Outcome • • • The student will be able to identify the protocol. The student will be able to select a suitable cable for the transmission. Unit II: Data Communication Standards Standards organizations.Ethernet . M. bytes and characters.The high speed UART (16550).The 20 mA current loop. Samir Palnitkar.Error detectionTransmission characteristics.J. 2006. BS Publications. NETWORKS AND PROTOCOLS Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • • • • To understand the System Interconnection and protocols.Troubleshooting and testing with RS-485. Hyderabad.The universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART). 10EI308 DATA COMMUNICATION.Physical standard – Smart Instrumentation systems.Factors affecting signal propagation. J. 2004.Good shielding performance ratios..Types of error detection. To discuss the types of cables used for transmission. The student will have the ability to chose the require protocol and the communication modes for the given system. USA.Coaxial cables. To discuss the operation and applications of the Protocols used in Industries. 6.General purpose interface bus (GPIB) or IEEE-488 or I EC-625. "Application Specific Integrated Circuits”.EIA-232 interface standard .Asynchronous systems.Copper-based cables -Twisted pair cables.Protocols . Unit I : Overview & Basic Principles Open systems interconnection ( OSI ) model . 7.Frequency analysis of noise. “Digital System design using PLD” BS Publications. Parag K Lala.Serial data communications interface standards. “Verilog HDL”.Cable Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  9  .Bits.The universal serial bus (USB) Unit III: Cabling.Test equipment. New Delhi 2002. Addison –Wesley Longman Inc.Definition of noise. Stephen Brown and Zvonk Vranesic “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Deisgn” Tata McGraw Hill.Troubleshooting serial data communication circuits.Data coding. Pearson Publication.

Multiplexing concepts. “Computer Networks”.Application layer . profile.Interchange circuits.Ultra filtration. USA.ducting or raceways.Radio modems. blood glucose regulation electrical model of neural control mechanism Unit II: Cardiovascular Mechanics Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  10  .Synchronous or asynchronous. Newnes Elsevier.digestion energy utilization and waste disposal. A.Foundation fieldbus . Modbus protocolHART Protocol : Physical layer.Modem standardsTroubleshooting a system using modems. John Park and Edwin Wright. “Understanding Data Communications and networks”. Linear and non-linear control systems.Data compression techniques. thermal regulation system and lung model. 3. Tanenbaum. Hyderabad.Components of a modem.Cable spacing.Modulation techniques.Suppression technique.Data link layer. Control – Blood flow. 10EI309 MODELLING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • To understand basic ideas related to modelling and different modelling techniques of certain physiological systems like respiratory system. respiratory rate.S. Fourth Edition. Prentice-Hall of India. USA.Use of fieldbuses in industrial plants. Steve Mackay. “Practical Data Communication for Instrumentation and Control”. Pacific Grove. 2002.Types of modem. blood pressure. architecture.Filtering Unit IV: Modem and Multiplexer Modes of operation. Course Outcome • • • Able to model any physiological system Gain thorough knowledge of modelling of thermal regulation system. principles of open loop and feedback systems.introduction to various process controls like cardiac rate. 2002.Terminal multiplexersStatistical multiplexers Unit V: Industrial Protocol PROFIBUS: Basics.Earthing and grounding requirements.Error detection/correction. biomedical reactions pneumatic transport. 2. communication model.Flow controlDistortion. Respiratory system Pharmacokinetic modeling Unit I: Principles of Modeling Physiological processes and principles of their control. William A Shay. electrical analogues. Reference Books: 1. techniques for system response of characterization Mathematical approach. gas exchange. 2003.

M.Vascular Resistance. Pressure-Volume relationships in the ventricle.Models of the peripheral circulation . Cardiac Output Under Abnormal Conditions. 3. Academic Press. tissues .Mararelis. “Physiology of the Heart”. New Jersey. Johan Gabrielsson.Length Tension relationship. Vasilis. Unit V: Modeling Body Dynamics Principles of mechanical properties of bones. oxygen and carbon dioxide transport in blood and tissues.diffusion and active transport. Sympathetic Stimulation. Muscular Exercise Unit III: Respiratory System Modelling oxygen uptake by RBC and pulmonary capillaries. this course gives knowledge of the principle of operation and design of biomedical instruments. John Wiley & Sons. Graphical solution . “ Non linear Dynamic Modelling of Physiological System”. Normal Functioning of the Cardiovascular System. “Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Data Analysis: Concepts and Applications. Current Trends:Pharmacokinetic modelling illustrated with example like drug diffusion. Cobelli. The Heart as a Pump . diffusion. Netherland. A Lumped Parameter Model of the Peripheral Circulation.2004. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Inotropic State. Reference Books 1.modelling bones. Carson. The Windkessel Simplification. 10EI310 ADVANCED MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective • With widespread use and requirements of medical instruments. Sweden. stress propagation in bones. Mass balancing by lungs. HeartLung Pumping Unit – Open Chest Model. computer aided modeling. 4. 2000. Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  11  . Model of the Heart . modelling Henle’s loop.The Variable Capacitor Model. facilitated .Operating Point Analysis.methods of waste removal. 2. Daniel Weiner. Tissue oxygen need. Hills model of muscle mechanism.2006. Effect of Intrathoracic Pressure.2008. USA. : “Introduction of Modelling in Physiology and Medicine “. Unit IV: Ultra Filtration System Transport through cells and tubules. A. Gas transport mechanisms of lungs. • It attempts to render a broad and modern account of biomedical instruments. Vascular Capacitance. Katz. Modelling the intact Cardio vascular system.Z. • It gives the introductory idea about human physiology system which is very important with respect to design consideration Course Outcome • Students will have a clear knowledge about human physiology system. counter current model of urine formation in nephron.

nuclear imaging Unit VI: Specialized Therapeutic and diagnostic equipment Cardiac pacemakers. Phonocardiogram. CT. Audiometer. “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”. Electrical Safety and other safety aspects of medical equipment. Webster. Unit V: Medical Imaging Techniques X-rays – scanning techniques-ultrasound scanner.• They will have knowledge of the principle operation and design and the background knowledge of biomedical instruments and specific applications of biomedical engineering Unit I: Introduction to Human Physiology Circulatory system – cardio vascular system-central nervous system – respiratory system – muscular skeletal system – digestive system – excretory system – sensory organs – voluntary and involuntary action. electro surgery. Tread Mill Test ECG– Foetal monitor. 2007. anesthesia equipment. defibrillators. 2003. 10EI311 BIOMATERIALS Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective: • To study the characteristics and classification of Biomaterials Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  12  . Unit III: Computer based medical instrumentation Computerised versions of ECG. ICU ventilators. John G. EEG. Unit II: Biopotentials and their Measurements cell and its structure – resting potentials – action potentials – bioelectric potentials – measurement of potentials and their recording – basic principles of ECG. New Delhi. MRI scanning techniques – coronary angiogram. infusion pumps and syringe pumps. haemodialysis. Tata McGraw-Hill. clinical laboratory Reference Books: 1. 3. motorized operation table. Khandpur R.S. 4.micro electrodes. suction apparatus. Standard Handbook of Biomedical Engineering & Design – Myer Kutz. Leslie Cromwell. Bispectral Index EEG for depth of anesthesia monitoring Unit IV: Operation theatre equipment and Critical Care instrumentation Patient monitors. nerve stimulator. UK.2003. New York. pulse oximetry. “Medical Instrumentation Application and Design”. McGrawHill Publisher. 2. New Delhi. cardiac arrthymias and its monitoring through Hotler monitor. EMG. “Biomedical Instrumentation and measurement”. EMG– Electrode theory – bipolar and Unipolar electrode-surface electrode – electrode impedance –equivalent circuit for extra cellular electrodes. instrumentation.color Doppler system. heart lung machines. EEG. operating microscopes. 2009. Prentice hall of India. John Wiley and sons. Event monitors.

Joon Bu Park. Joon Bu Park. 2004. co-based alloys. visco elasticity. USA. Roderic S. B. internal fracture fixation devices. New Delhi. blood compatibility. hydroxyapatite glass ceramics carbons. Bronzino. 2004.-polyolefin-polyamicles-Acryrilicthermoplastics-medical applications. USA. Biological evaluation of materials based on ISO 10993. 3. Externally Powered limb Prosthesis.• • • To study about the different metals and ceramics used as biomaterials To learn about polymeric materials and combinations that could be used as a tissue replacement implants To study the artificial organ developed using these materials Course Outcome: • To understand the properties of the Bio-compatible materials • To know the different types of Biomaterials • To design artificial organs using tissue materials Unit I: Structure of Bio-Materials and Bio-Compatibility Definition and classification of bio-materials. “Biomaterials Sciences – An Introduction to Materials in Medicine” Academic Press . 5. 10EI312 HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT Credit: 4:0:0 Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  13  . joint replacements. Physical characterization. Surface characterization. Bhat.D. Thermal characterization. surgical tapes.Rater. hard tissue replacement implants. ‘Engineering materials for biomedical applications’ World Scientific Publishing Co.China 2004. 2003. 6. SEM. CRC press. 2002. Lakes. wound-healing process. USA. New York. mechanical properties. Joseph D. Limb prosthesis. ‘Biomaterials: principles and applications’. X-ray difractometry. Jonathan Black. 2007. “Biomaterials: an introduction”. stainless steels. Prosthetic Cardiac Valves. 2. TEM. Ti-based alloys. Unit III: Polymeric Implant Materials Polymerisation. Narosa Publishing House. Sujata V. 4. sutures. “Biological Performance of Materials Fundamentals of Biocompatibility”. Dental Implants Reference Books 1. Unit V: Artificial Organs Artificial Heart. blood interfacing implants. aluminum oxides. medical applications. percutaneous and skin implants. Teoh Swee Hin. Unit II: Implant Materials Metallic implant materials. ‘Biomaterials’. adhesive. ceramic implant materials. Swee Hin Teoh. body response to implants. polymers- rubbers-high strength Unit IV: Tissue Replacement Implants Soft-tissue replacements. maxillofacial augmentation.

Course Objective: • To understand the need and significance of Clinical Engineering and Health Policies • To familiarize the training strategies. evaluation of training. quality management policies and information technology used in medicine and health care. and antenna theory for practical applications. health insurance. FDA.C. 1979 . Course outcome: • The student will appreciate the need for standard health policies and quality management in hospitals. methods to monitor the standards.. and Albert M.Cook. Prentice Hall Inc. NABH and NABL standards. Unit IV Standards. simulation. Clinical laboratory administration. health education. health legislation Unit III Training And Management Of Technical Staff In Hospital Difference between hospital and industrial organization. health financing system. Necessity for standardization and quality management. developing training program. modem protocols. ICRP and other standard organization. levels of training.. “Clinical Engineering Principle and Practice”. Unit V Computers and Information Technology in Medicine and healthcare Computer application in ICU. Unit I Need And Scopes Of Clinical Engineering Clinical engineering program. Picture Archival System (PACS) for Radiological images department. Overview of Medical Device regulation and regulatory agencies. • The student will apply the knowledge of computer and information technology in health care. Codes and quality management in Health Care Quality management in hospitals and clinical laboratories. “Handbook of hospital personal management”. 2. Englewood Cliffs. communication. employee appraisal method. role to be performed by them in hospital. 1996 10EI313 COMMUNICATION THEORY AND TELEMETRY Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • The aim of this course is to understand the principles of telemetry. steps of training. New Jersey. Webster J. Joint Commission of Accreditation of hospitals. health organization in state. wages and salary. patient data and medical records. educational responsibilities. Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  14  . Prentice Hall of India.C. multiplexing. Goyal R. staff structure in hospital Unit II National Health Policies Need for evolving health policy. Reference Books 1.

Measurement Systems-Applications and Design.classification .its transmission principles with discussion on modulations and associated circuits. New Delhi 2008. Unit IV – Fibre Optical Telemetry Optical Fibre Cable-Dispersion-Losses-Connectors and Splices-Sources and DetectorsTransmitter and Receiver Circuits-Coherent Optical Fibre Communication SystemsWavelength Division Multiplexing. “Principles of Communication”. New Delhi.local transmitters and converters . 10EI314 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • To define the different anatomical terms • To explain the overall structure-function relationship of all systems Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  15  . “Telemetry Principles”. 2003.D. Unit II .Quadrature amplitude modulation .differential PCM. D. Unit V – Internet Based Telemetering Data Acquisition System-Microprocessor-based DAS-Remote Control-NetworkingBLANs-Internet based Telemetering-Wireless LANs-Random Access System-Principles of Telephony. signals -theorems .non .Micro strip lines – Digital transmission system in Satellite Telemetry. Taub and Schilling. Time Division multiplexed system: TDM .Patranabis.electrical and electrical telemetry .Frequency and Time Division Multiplexed System Frequency division multiplexed system: IRIG standards-FM and PM circuits.Modems and Transmission Lines Modems.time function pulse .Transmitters and Receivers technicques -RF transmission lines. Digital multiplexer PCM Reception . Unit III . Tata McGraw Hill. Bits and symbols. • Understand the use of fibre optics in communication.PCM system.amplitude and frequency modulations phase modulation. PLL. 2. Doeblin. 2007.exponential Fourier series . Tata McGraw Hill. McGraw Hill.TDM .Inter symbol Interference . E.power line carrier communication.Course Outcome • Analyse signals. New York. • Understand the key characteristics of frequency and time division multiplexing together with their relative benefits and drawbacks Unit I .Modem protocol .wave guide components . 3. Third Edition.error rate and probability of error.Telemetry Principles The basic system .frequency telemetering.PAM .modulation codes . Reference Books 1.Microwave lines .

function of each component of the cell-membrane potentialBlood. USA. mechanism of alimentary canal. afferent nervous system. bladder and colon. thyroid and parathyroid glands. pancreas. New Delhi. sensory end organs. Ranganathan. reflex action. ovary and testis. physiology of perspiration. T. Capillary circulation. regulation of posture-physiology of emotion. S.WBC. secretion of digestive fluids. general circulation. liver.. tongue. and organs • Be able to identify the explain functions of central muscles and bones Unit I: Introduction to cell structure Cell structure and organelles. "Textbook of Medical Physiology" Prism Book (P) Ltd. blood cells-composition-origin of RBC-estimation of RBC.• To apply this basic knowledge to changes in bodily functions as a result of disease and determine the reason for functional changes Course Outcome • Be able to identify the major body systems and understand what each body system does • Be able to relate how each body system works • Be able to identify and explain major cells. tissues. physiology of defaecation.Chand&Co. Pulmonary Ventilation. physiology of micturation. structure and functioning of lungs. "Text Book of Human Anatomy".C. 2007.Guyton.S. neural control of cardio vascular system. mechanism of sight. function of liver. 2008. physiology of urine formation. Structure of kidney. regulation of temperature. related digestive glands. venous return. 10EI315 DISCRETE TIME CONTROL SYSTEMS Credit: 3: 1: 0 Course Objective • • To Understand the application of Z Transforms in process control To study various control algorithms Course Outcome Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  16  . cerebrospinal fluid. Reference Books 1. trachea and its branches. hypoxia Unit III: Nervous And Sensory Systems Structure and function of nervous tissues. Arthur. 2. Ltd. Regulation of breathing. Unit V: Endocrine System Pituitary gland.and platelet Unit II: Circulatory and Respiratory Systems Structure and functioning of heart. hearing and smelling Unit IV: Digestive and Excretory System Structure of alimentary canal.

Modified Z Transform and Delta Transform. Franklin. 6. Digital Control and State variable Methods. New Delhi.K.Minimizing Prediction errors. Unit III: Different Models of Discrete System LTI System:. Thomas F. 2008. Seborg.J. Sigapore. Astrom . Second Edition. New Jersey. “Process Dynamics and Control”. New Delhi. Models for Time varying and Non-linear System: Linear Time varying models.Instrument Variable method – Recursive and Weighted Least square method Unit V: Adaptive Control Introduction -Deterministic Self Tuning Regulator: Indirect and Direct self tuning regulator-Model reference Adaptive system: Design of MRAS using Lyapnov and MIT Rule. Prentice Hall of India. Gene F.Time Control Systems”. Dale E. PTR Prentice Hall Information and system sciences Series. J. 2. Pearson Education.Non-linear State space models. “System Identification Theory for the user”. 2003.Non-linear Black Box ModelsFuzzy Models Unit IV: Parameter Estimation Methods General Principles. Edgar. Pearson Education Limited-2002. Tata McGrawHill. Lennart Ljung. 3.Open loop and closed loop response of SDS Design and implementation of different digital control algorithm: Dead beat. 5.Family of Discrete Transfer function Models. 4.2002 10EI316 MEDICAL SENSORS Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  17  .Linear Regression and the Least Square method. Dahlin.Auto tuning and Gain scheduling adaptive control design with examples Reference Books 1. “Digital control of dynamic systems”. “Discrete. Gopal M. Relation between Discrete and Continuous Transfer function-Poles and Zeros of Sampled Data System (SDS) – Stability Analysis in Z domain Unit II: Pulse Transfer Function Introduction . Smith predictor and Internal Model Control algorithm with examples. Willey India.State Space modelsDistributed Parameter Model.• • At the end of the course students will be able apply Z transform concepts process control Students will be equipped with different control algorithm Unit I: Introduction Computer control – Introduction – Review of Z Transform. Second Edition. Mellichamp. David Powell. Ogata. Bjorn Wittenmark.Statistical Frame work for Parameter Estimation and the Maximum Likely hood method. Duncan A. 2006. 2005. “Adaptive Control”.

Communicate the most relevant challenges facing the biosensor research field and given a particular challenge suggest a reasonable approach to finding a solution to the challenge. identify the key design criteria and suggest and an appropriate biosensor approach which is most likely to meet those design criteria. Ultrasonic vortex flowmeter. Diodes. Given a specific biosensor application. Thermocouples. Muscle contraction measurements-Design of elastic beam-Force in isolated muscle-Invivo-Measurements-Stresses in the bone-Force plateStabilometer Unit III: Flow Measurement Units-Blood flow measurement in single vessels-Electromagnetic. Tissue blood flow measurement-Venous occlusion plethysmography-Clearance techniqueMeasurement by heat transport-Laser Doppler flowmeter-NMR flowmete.• An introduction to the field of medical sensors and an in-depth and quantitative view of device design and performance analysis.Pnemotachograph. Telemetering capsules. Unit IV: Temperature. Spirometer. Heat Flow and Evaporation Measurement Units. Compare the relative advantages and disadvantages of the major approaches to biosensor design. Unit II: Motion And Force Measurement Units of quantities-Displacement and Rotation measurements by contact and noncontact methods-Linear and angular velocity measurements-Translational and angular acceleration-force measurement. Termosensitive elements. Non contact temperature measurement techniques-Infrared Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  18  . Crystal resonators. Physiological Pressure Measurement:Units of pressure. Transistors. MEMS. photolithography. screen printing. collapsible vessels. Interstitial spaces-Differential pressure measurement. Pressure measurements in small vessels. Hot-Wire anemometer-Time of flight. Unit I: Introduction Methods for biosensors fabrication: self-assembled monolayers. An overview of the current state of the art to enable continuation into advanced biosensor work and design. Ultrasonic Flowmeters-Indicator dilution method-Impedence cardiography-Laser Doppler flowmetry-RBC velocity measurement-Miscallaneous mechanical flowmeters. Thermistors. Evaluate a sensor based on standard performance criteria and appropriateness for an application. Physiological pressure ranges and measurement sitesDirect measurement-Dynamic response of catheter transducer systems-Catheter tip pressure transducers-Implantable pressure transducers. Indirect pressure measurement-Cuff design-Detection of korotkoff sounds-Oscillometric method-Doppler Ultrasound-Instantaneous arterial pressure-Internal pressure measurement by reaction forces. Define the major performance characteristics of any biosensor and design an experiment to measure that characteristic . Respiratory gas flow measurement-Rotometer. microcontact printing. Course Outcome • • • • • • Define the fundamental components of any biosensor. Lung plethysmography.

Thermoelectric Psycrometer.EEG electrodes-micro & suction electrodes.measurements. Capacitive sensors. USA. “Bio-Medical Transducers and Instruments”-CRC Press. Unit V: Chemical Measurement Electrode theory-surface potential electrodes-ECG. technology & applications”. system.EMG. Heat flow measurements-Transducers-Direct calorimetry.liquid level.sensorstransmitters and control valves. ”Sensors in biomedical applications: fundamentals. Tatsuo Togawa.” The biomedical engineering handbook”. Bronzino. Joseph D. DewpointHygrometer-Impedence. p. Esophageal. pressure fluid flow. instrument scaling. CRC Press.. Microwave imaging clinical thermometers-Rectal.fluid density etc.instrumentation symbols and labels. Humidity transducers-Electrolytic water vapor analyzer.pH concentrationelectrical and thermal conductivity-humidity of gases-composition by physical and chemical properties and spectroscopy. Thermography. Course outcome • • To introduce the fundamental of measurement and the techniques for measurement of various physical variables. 2000. CRC Press. Reference Books 1. Gábor Harsányi. Volume 2. Acoustic and thermal principles-Mass spectrometer-Chromatography-ElectrophoresisMagnetic resonance-Other optical methods-Other analytical methods-Continous measurement-Intravascular. Zero heat flow thermometers. tissue-Ex vivo measurements.velocity. Transcutaneous measurements-Respiratory gas analysis. Tympanic thermometers. 2. Evaporation measurement. automation and optimal control. Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  19  . 10EI317 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL Credit: 4:0:0 Course objective • To introduce the concept of process instruments for various physical variables. To review the concept of system and learn the basic concept of process automation. Evaporative water loss from skin and mucosa. Chemical transducer-Electrochemical transducers-Transducer with optical. Unit I: Introduction Principle of measurement and classification of process control instruments. 2010. USA. temperature. USA. Ake Oberg. 2000. Unit II: Measurements Principle of measurements of weight flow rate-viscosity-consistency. Bladder temperature measurement. Toshiyo Tamura. 3.

Springer. Case studies: Distillation column. B. “Chemical Process Control”. “Process Dynamics and Control”.-transient response-block diagram.Processes and threads in Linux . Jean Pierre Corriou.E.Betlem.F.Advanced shells and shell scripting – Linux File System –Linux programming . chemical reactor. nd 4.multi variable process control. Prentice Hall. tuning process controllers Unit V: Advanced Control System Cascade control. 2003.Fundamentals of Operating Systems Overview of operating systems – Process and threads – Processes and Programs – Programmer view of processes – OS View of processes – Threads . Course outcome • Students will be able to work on basic Linux Programming.Millichamp. heat exchanger. impulse and sinusoidal disturbance-control valve type-linear-equal percentage and quick opening valve. T. “Process Conrol: Theory and Application”. John Wiley and Sons. Newyork.Seborg.2004.London. Newyork. condenser. New Delhi.Unit III: Review of Systems Review of first and higher order system. Design of valves. • Students will be able to program in real-time systems with memory management. Springer.A.Shells Basic text editing . and D. 1. 3. Unit IV: Process Automation Basic concept: terminology and techniques for process control. 2 Edition.Edger.Scheduling – Non preemptive and preemptive scheduling – Real Time Scheduling – Process Synchronization – Semaphores – Message Passing – Mailboxes – Deadlocks – Synchronization and scheduling in multiprocessor Operating Systems Unit II: Linux Fundamentals Introduction to Linux – Basic Linux commands and concepts – Logging in . 2.ratio control-feed forward control. • Students will be capable to develop embedded Linux program. B. Stephanopoulos.H. evaporator Reference books D.2004. Unit I: .L.Inter process communication – Devices – Linux System calls Unit III: Introduction to Embedded Linux Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  20  . closed and open loop response-response to step. “Advanced Practical Control”.2004.Roffle. 10EI318 EMBEDDED LINUX Credit: 4:0:0 Course objective • To expose the students to the fundamentals of embedded Linux programming. control modes.

New Delhi. Raghavan . 2. Karim Yaghmour. The lab exercises will make use of the Xilinx 9. “Operating Systems A concept based Approach”. Students able to design combinational and sequential digital systems. 10EI319 ADVANCED EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB Credit: 0:0:2 Course Objective • To illustrate concepts discussed in the syllabus and to give the students the opportunity to build and test the digital systems. 4. Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  21  . 2002. “Embedded Linux System Design and Development”. implement and test them.MTD Driver for NOR Flash – The Flash Mapping drivers – MTD Block and character devices – mtdutils package – Embedded File Systems – Optimizing storage space – Turning kernel memory Unit V: Embedded Drivers and Application Porting Linux serial driver – Ethernet driver – I2C subsystem – USB gadgets – Watchdog timer – Kernel Modules – Application porting roadmap . 2006. O’Reilly.Amol Lad . Students able to analyze the results of logic and timing simulations and to use these simulation results to debug digital systems. London. USA. U. Sriram Neelakandan. 5.The bootloader Interface – Memory Map – Interrupt Management – PCI Subsystem – Timers – UART – Power Management – Embedded Storage – Flash Map – Memory Technology Device (MTD) –MTD Architecture . UK.Case studies . 2001. “Running Linux”. 2005.Embedded Linux Distributions Architecture .Linux kernel architecture . 3.GNU cross platform Tool chain Unit IV: Board Support Package and Embedded Storage Inclusion of BSP in kernel build procedure .RT Linux – uClinux Reference Books 1.K. “Building Embedded Linux Systems”. simulate. O'Reilly.Embedded Linux – Introduction – Advantages. P. Dhamdhere.2 ISE tool for designing and implementing digital systems on FGPA. Dhananjay M. Jeffrey Oldham and Alex Samuel “Advanced Linux Programming” New Riders. Course Outcome • • • Students will have knowledge about the concepts and methods of digital system design techniques.Programming with pthreads – Operting System Porting Layer – Kernel API Driver . Mark Mitchell. The system consists of an integrated set of tools that allows one to capture designs (with schematic entry or a Hardware Description Language). Matt Welsh. 2003. Matthias Kalle Dalheimer. Auerbach Publications.User space – linux startup sequence . Tata Mcgraw-Hill.

Students will have the knowledge through hands-on experimentation the Xilinx tools for FPGA design as well as the basics of VHDL to design, simulate and implement the digital systems.

List of Experiments 1. Implementation of logic gates & i/o module. 2. Realization of half/full adder, half/full subtractor 3. Realization of encoder/decoder 4. Realization of flipflops/ counter 5. Implementation of multiplexer/ demultiplexer 6. Realization of SRAM 7. Implementation of ALU ARM7 processor 8. Graphic LCD interface 9. TFT display interface 10. GPS interface RTOS 11. Multi-tasking.

10EI320 MEDICAL DIAGNOSTICS AND THERAPEUTIC LAB Credit: 0:0:2 Course Objective • To provide basic knowledge of physiological signals • To make the students to know about various physiological measuring instruments and to diagnose the various disease • To make the students to know about various measurement techniques Course Outcome • Students are equipped with knowledge of physiological signals • Students can apply the various measurement techniques. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Blood pressure measurement Determination of auditory capacity using audio meter Determination of blood flow velocity using ultrasonic Doppler blood flow meter Surgical diathermy Recording of EOG signals Recording of ECG waveforms using bio-kit physio-graph Recording of EMG waveforms using bio-kit physio-graph Recording of PCG waveforms using bio-kit physio-graph Recording of peripheral pulse waveforms using bio-kit physio-graph Recording of EEG waveforms using bio-kit physio-graph Determination of percentage of oxygen saturation in blood using pulse oximeter TENS-physiotherapy

Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering 

22 

10EI321 OPTIMAL CONTROL THEORY Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective • To provide an introductory account of the theory of optimal control and its applications • The purpose of this course is to give students background in dynamic optimization: the Calculus of Variations, Pontryagin's Minimum Principle, and Bellman's Dynamic Programming. Course Outcome • Students will have the basic knowledge of optimal control and its applications • Students will be equipped with dynamic optimization: the Calculus of Variations, Pontryagin's Minimum Principle, and Bellman's Dynamic Programming. Unit: I Introduction Problem formulation – Mathematical model – Physical constraints – Performance measure Optimal control problem. Form of optimal control. Performance measures for optimal control problem. Selection a performance measure Unit: II Dynamic Programming Optimal control law – Principle of optimality. An optimal control system. A recurrence relation of dynamic programming – computational procedure. Characteristics of dynamic programming solution. Hamilton – Jacobi – Bellman equation. Continuous linear regulator problems Unit:III Calculus of Variations Functions and Functional- Maxima and minima of function- Variation of functionalExtremal of functional- Euler Lagrange equation Unit: IV - Variational Approach to Optimal Control Problems Necessary conditions for optimal control – Linear regulator problems. Linear tracking problems. Pontryagin’s minimum principle and state inequality constraints Unit: V Minimum Time Problems Minimum control – effort problems. Singular intervals in optimal control problems. Numerical determination of optimal trajectories – Two point boundary – value problems. Methods of steepest decent, variation of extremals.Quasilinearization. Gradient projection algorithm Reference Books 1. Donald E. Kirk, Optimal Control Theory: An Introduction, Prentice-Hall networks series, New Jersey, 2004. 2. Singiresu S. Rao “Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice” New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers New Delhi-2004. 3. M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, Tata McGraw-Hill Companies New Delhi, 2009. 4. Dimitri P. Bertsekas.’Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control’ Vol -1 Athena Scientific, Bell mount MA, 2000.
Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  23 

10EI322 NETWORKS AND PROTOCOLS FOR MEDICAL SYSTEM Credit: 4:0:0 Course Objective • To understand the System Interconnection and protocols. • To introduce the concept of communication protocols and give an overview of Data Communication Standards. • To discuss the types of cables used for transmission. • To discuss the operation and applications of the Wireless Protocols. Course Outcome • The student will be able to identify the protocol. • The student will have the ability to chose the require protocol and the communication modes for the given system. • The student will be able to select a suitable cable for the transmission. Unit I : Overview & Basic Principles Open systems interconnection (OSI) model - Protocols - Physical standard – Smart Instrumentation systems- Bits, bytes and characters- Communication principlesCommunication modes- Asynchronous systems- Synchronous systems- Error detectionTransmission characteristics- Data coding- The universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART)- The high speed UART (16550) Unit II: Data Communication Standards Standards organizations- Serial data communications interface standards- Balanced and unbalanced transmission lines- EIA-232 interface standard - Troubleshooting serial data communication circuits- Test equipment- Ethernet - Ethernet Protocol operation Ethernet hardware requirements. The RS-485 interface standard- Troubleshooting and testing with RS-485- The 20 mA current loop- Serial interface converters- Interface to serial printers- Parallel data communications interface standards- General purpose interface bus (GPIB) or IEEE-488 or I EC-625- The universal serial bus (USB) Unit III: Cabling, Electrical Noise and Error Detection Origin of errors- Factors affecting signal propagation- Types of error detection, control and correction- Copper-based cables -Twisted pair cables- Coaxial cables- Fiber-optic cables- Definition of noise- Frequency analysis of noise- Sources of electrical noiseElectrical coupling of noise –Shielding- Good shielding performance ratios- Cable ducting or raceways- Cable spacing- Earthing and grounding requirements- Suppression technique- Filtering Unit IV: Modem and Multiplexer Modes of operation- Synchronous or asynchronous- Interchange circuits- Flow controlDistortion- Modulation techniques- Components of a modem- Types of modem- Radio modems- Error detection/correction- Data compression techniques- Modem standardsTroubleshooting a system using modems- Multiplexing concepts- Terminal multiplexersStatistical multiplexers Unit V:Wireless Protocol Bluethooth: Definition - Bluetooth protocol stack – Network Establishment in Bluetooth – Wireless Local Area Network – WLAN Standard – Home RF – Network topologies – Physical Layer – Zigbee Networks.
Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  24 

D/A converters . Fourth Edition. A S Pomportsis “Wireless Networks”. task scheduling. OS tasks. Hyderabad. clocking communication and synchronization. Newnes Elsevier. Language And Operating Systems Real time languages . William A Shay.Typical application scenario of embedded systems Unit II: Interface Issues Related To Embedded Systems A/D. 2002. John Park and Edwin Wright. 2002. M S Odaidat. Course Outcome: • To discuss the basics o embedded systems and the interface issues related to it. 2003.Classifications and brief overview of micro-controllers microprocessors and DSPs . “Wireless Network Evolution” Pearson Education. “Understanding Data Communications and networks”. Wiley India Edition – New Delhi. A. G I Papadimitriou. Prentice-Hall of India.High level language descriptions of S/W for embedded system . memory requirements and control.Real time kernel. interrupt processing.Java based embedded system design. Steve Mackay. 4. USA. kernel services Unit V: Micro C/OS-II Real Time Operating System Study of Micro C/OS-II RTOS – RTOS System Level Functions – Task Service Functions – Time Delay Functions – Memory Allocation Related Functions – Semaphore Related Functions – Mailbox Related Functions – Queue Related Functions Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  25  . • To learn the different techniques on embedded systems • To discuss the real time models. 3. Vijay K Garg . control blocks.Embedded processor architectural definitions . 5. P Nicopolitidis.Reference Books 1. Process based and Graph based models – Petrinet Models . 2.S. languages and operating systems • To analyze real time examples Unit I: System Design Definitions . “Practical Data Communication for Instrumentation and Control”.Interfacing to External Devices – Switches – LED/LCD Displays – Relays – Dc Motor – Stepper Motor Unit III: Techniques For Embedded Systems State Machine and state Tables in embedded design – Event based. 10EI323 REAL TIME AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Credit : 4:0:0 Course Objective: • To introduce the basic concepts of Embedded Systems and the various techniques used for Embedded Systems with real time examples.Simulation and Emulation of embedded systems . Tanenbaum. Unit IV: Real Time Models. Delhi. Pacific Grove. “Computer Networks”. USA. task states.

2005. 3. “Embedded Systems Architecture. Programming and Design”. Elsevier. 2008 2. Tata McGrawHill . “Embedded Systems Architecture”.Reference Books 1. “An Introduction to the Design of Small Scale Embedded Systems. Palgrave. 2006 Department of Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering  26  . RajKamal. “Embedded Systems Design”. Tim Wilhurst. Wiley India. Second Edition. Frank Vahid. 4. Tammy Noergaard. 2004. Tony Givargis.